US20160214940A1 - Negative allosteric modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptor 2 - Google Patents

Negative allosteric modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptor 2 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20160214940A1
US20160214940A1 US15/006,486 US201615006486A US2016214940A1 US 20160214940 A1 US20160214940 A1 US 20160214940A1 US 201615006486 A US201615006486 A US 201615006486A US 2016214940 A1 US2016214940 A1 US 2016214940A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
dihydroquinoline
oxo
carboxamide
fluorophenyl
methyl
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
US15/006,486
Other versions
US9382208B1 (en
Inventor
P. Jeffrey Conn
Craig W. Lindsley
Kyle A. Emmitte
Andrew S. Felts
Katrina A. Bollinger
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Vanderbilt University
Original Assignee
Vanderbilt University
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Vanderbilt University filed Critical Vanderbilt University
Priority to US15/006,486 priority Critical patent/US9382208B1/en
Assigned to VANDERBILT UNIVERSITY reassignment VANDERBILT UNIVERSITY ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: EMMITTE, KYLE A., BOLLINGER, KATRINA A., CONN, P. JEFFREY, FELTS, ANDREW S., LINDSLEY, CRAIG W.
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of US9382208B1 publication Critical patent/US9382208B1/en
Publication of US20160214940A1 publication Critical patent/US20160214940A1/en
Expired - Fee Related legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D215/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D215/20—Oxygen atoms
    • C07D215/22—Oxygen atoms attached in position 2 or 4
    • C07D215/233—Oxygen atoms attached in position 2 or 4 only one oxygen atom which is attached in position 4
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to compounds, compositions, and methods for treating metabotropic glutamate receptor 2 related diseases and/or disorders, such as depression, anxiety, obsessive-compulsive disorder, cognitive disorders, Alzheimer's disease, and autism spectrum disorders.
  • metabotropic glutamate receptor 2 related diseases and/or disorders such as depression, anxiety, obsessive-compulsive disorder, cognitive disorders, Alzheimer's disease, and autism spectrum disorders.
  • Metabotropic glutamate (mGlu) receptors a class of G-protein coupled receptor (GPCR) family C, have recently emerged as targets of potential therapeutic value. They bind glutamate, an amino acid that is the most prominent excitatory neurotransmitter in the human central nervous system (CNS). mGlus are known to activate biochemical cascades, leading to the modification of other proteins. For example, this can lead to changes in a synapse's excitability by presynaptic inhibition of neurotransmission, or modulation and even induction of postsynaptic responses.
  • GPCR G-protein coupled receptor
  • Metabotropic glutamate receptor 2 is one of eight mGlus that have been identified, and, along with mGlu 3 , is classified as a group II mGlu.
  • Group II mGlus play an important role is synaptic plasticity, which directly effects cognitive function (including learning and memory), among other things.
  • the effects of group II mGlus occur primarily presynaptically via their inhibition of glutamate release. These effects can also be due to the inhibition of non-vesicular glutamate release from glia.
  • group II receptors are known to also reduce the activity of postsynaptic potentials, both excitatory and inhibitory, in the cortex.
  • Dysfunction of mGlu 2 has been implicated in many diseases and/or disorders. Hence, targeting mGlu 2 activity has been the subject of much investigation. Several reports have highlighted its link to a variety of diseases, such as depression, anxiety, obsessive-compulsive disorder, cognitive disorders, Alzheimer's disease, and autism spectrum disorders. Accordingly, there exists a need for selective modulators of mGlu 2 .
  • R 1 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or cycloalkyl
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, C 1 -C 4 haloalkyl, and C 1 -C 4 haloalkoxy;
  • R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —Y-A, -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), or -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Y-A;
  • p 0-2;
  • X, Y, and Z are each independently selected from a bond, CR 8e R 8f , O, S, —C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —C(O)—O—, —O—C(O)—NR 10 —, —C(O)—NR 10 —, —NR 10 —C(O)—, —NR 10 —C(O)—O—, —NR 10 —C(O)—NR 10 —, —NR 10 —SO 2 —, and —SO 2 —;
  • R 8a , R 8b , R 8c , R 8d , R 8e and R 8f are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, C 1 -C 4 haloalkyl, and C 1 -C 4 haloalkoxy;
  • R 10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, and C 1 -C 4 haloalkyl;
  • A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle
  • A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle
  • R 4 is —CONH 2 or cyano
  • aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycle at each occurrence, are independently substituted or unsubstituted.
  • compositions comprising the compounds, methods of making the compounds, and methods of using the compounds for treatment of metabotropic glutamate receptor 2 related diseases and/or disorders.
  • NAMs negative allosteric modulators
  • the modulators can have formula (I).
  • Compounds of formula (I) may exhibit selectivity for mGlu 2 over other mGlu receptors.
  • Compounds of formula (I) can be used to treat or prevent diseases and disorders associated with mGlu 2 by modulating mGlu 2 activity.
  • mGlu 2 has been implicated in a number of different diseases and disorders including, but not limited to, depression, anxiety, obsessive-compulsive disorder, cognitive disorders, Alzheimer's disease, and autism spectrum disorders.
  • One strategy to selectively bind and modulate the mGlus includes identifying allosteric sites which may be amenable to modulation by a small molecule.
  • negative allosteric modulation of mGlu 2 can result in inhibition of processes governed by mGlu 2 and provide therapeutic benefits for disorders caused by mGlu 2 dysfunction.
  • the modifier “about” used in connection with a quantity is inclusive of the stated value and has the meaning dictated by the context (for example, it includes at least the degree of error associated with the measurement of the particular quantity).
  • the modifier “about” should also be considered as disclosing the range defined by the absolute values of the two endpoints.
  • the expression “from about 2 to about 4” also discloses the range “from 2 to 4.”
  • the term “about” may refer to plus or minus 10% of the indicated number.
  • “about 10%” may indicate a range of 9% to 11%, and “about 1” may mean from 0.9-1.1.
  • Other meanings of “about” may be apparent from the context, such as rounding off, so, for example “about 1” may also mean from 0.5 to 1.4.
  • alkoxy refers to an alkyl group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen atom.
  • Representative examples of alkoxy include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 2-propoxy, butoxy and tert-butoxy.
  • alkyl as used herein, means a straight or branched, saturated hydrocarbon chain containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • lower alkyl or “C 1 -C 6 -alkyl” means a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • C 1 -C 3 -alkyl means a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon containing from 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • alkyl include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, 3-methylhexyl, 2,2-dimethylpentyl, 2,3-dimethylpentyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl, and n-decyl.
  • alkoxyalkyl refers to an alkoxy group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined herein.
  • alkylene refers to a divalent group derived from a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, for example, of 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • Representative examples of alkylene include, but are not limited to, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —, and CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —.
  • aryl refers to a phenyl group, or a bicyclic fused ring system.
  • Bicyclic fused ring systems are exemplified by a phenyl group appended to the parent molecular moiety and fused to a cycloalkyl group, as defined herein, a phenyl group, a heteroaryl group, as defined herein, or a heterocycle, as defined herein.
  • Representative examples of aryl include, but are not limited to, indolyl, naphthyl, phenyl, quinolinyl and tetrahydroquinolinyl.
  • cycloalkyl refers to a carbocyclic ring system containing three to ten carbon atoms, zero heteroatoms and zero double bonds.
  • Representative examples of cycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl and cyclodecyl.
  • cycloalkenyl as used herein, means a non-aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and preferably having from 5-10 carbon atoms per ring.
  • exemplary monocyclic cycloalkenyl rings include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl or cycloheptenyl.
  • fluoroalkyl as used herein, means an alkyl group, as defined herein, in which one, two, three, four, five, six, seven or eight hydrogen atoms are replaced by fluorine.
  • Representative examples of fluoroalkyl include, but are not limited to, 2-fluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, and trifluoropropyl such as 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl.
  • alkoxyfluoroalkyl refers to an alkoxy group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a fluoroalkyl group, as defined herein.
  • fluoroalkoxy means at least one fluoroalkyl group, as defined herein, is appended to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen atom.
  • fluoroalkyloxy include, but are not limited to, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy and 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy.
  • halogen or “halo” as used herein, means Cl, Br, I, or F.
  • haloalkyl as used herein, means an alkyl group, as defined herein, in which one, two, three, four, five, six, seven or eight hydrogen atoms are replaced by a halogen.
  • haloalkoxy means at least one haloalkyl group, as defined herein, is appended to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen atom.
  • heteroalkyl as used herein, means an alkyl group, as defined herein, in which one or more of the carbon atoms has been replaced by a heteroatom selected from S, O, P and N.
  • Representative examples of heteroalkyls include, but are not limited to, alkyl ethers, secondary and tertiary alkyl amines, amides, and alkyl sulfides.
  • heteroaryl refers to an aromatic monocyclic ring or an aromatic bicyclic ring system.
  • the aromatic monocyclic rings are five or six membered rings containing at least one heteroatom independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S (e.g. 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N).
  • the five membered aromatic monocyclic rings have two double bonds and the six membered six membered aromatic monocyclic rings have three double bonds.
  • bicyclic heteroaryl groups are exemplified by a monocyclic heteroaryl ring appended to the parent molecular moiety and fused to a monocyclic cycloalkyl group, as defined herein, a monocyclic aryl group, as defined herein, a monocyclic heteroaryl group, as defined herein, or a monocyclic heterocycle, as defined herein.
  • Representative examples of heteroaryl include, but are not limited to, indolyl, pyridinyl (including pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4-yl), pyrimidinyl, thiazolyl, and quinolinyl.
  • heterocycle or “heterocyclic” as used herein, means a monocyclic heterocycle, a bicyclic heterocycle, or a tricyclic heterocycle.
  • the monocyclic heterocycle is a three-, four-, five-, six-, seven-, or eight-membered ring containing at least one heteroatom independently selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S.
  • the three- or four-membered ring contains zero or one double bond, and one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S.
  • the five-membered ring contains zero or one double bond and one, two or three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N and S.
  • the six-membered ring contains zero, one or two double bonds and one, two, or three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S.
  • the seven- and eight-membered rings contains zero, one, two, or three double bonds and one, two, or three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S.
  • monocyclic heterocycles include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, azepanyl, aziridinyl, diazepanyl, 1,3-dioxanyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 1,3-dithiolanyl, 1,3-dithianyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, oxadiazolinyl, oxadiazolidinyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, oxetanyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyranyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydro
  • the bicyclic heterocycle is a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a phenyl group, or a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic cycloalkyl, or a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, or a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic heterocycle, or a spiro heterocycle group, or a bridged monocyclic heterocycle ring system in which two non-adjacent atoms of the ring are linked by an alkylene bridge of 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon atoms, or an alkenylene bridge of two, three, or four carbon atoms.
  • bicyclic heterocycles include, but are not limited to, benzopyranyl, benzothiopyranyl, chromanyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydroisoquinoline, 2-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-2-yl, azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl (including 2-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl), 2,3-dihydro-1H-indolyl, isoindolinyl, octahydrocyclopenta[c]pyrrolyl, octahydropyrrolopyridinyl, and tetrahydroisoquinolinyl.
  • Tricyclic heterocycles are exemplified by a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a phenyl group, or a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic cycloalkyl, or a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, or a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic heterocycle, or a bicyclic heterocycle in which two non-adjacent atoms of the bicyclic ring are linked by an alkylene bridge of 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon atoms, or an alkenylene bridge of two, three, or four carbon atoms.
  • tricyclic heterocycles include, but are not limited to, octahydro-2,5-epoxypentalene, hexahydro-2H-2,5-methanocyclopenta[b]furan, hexahydro-1H-1,4-methanocyclopenta[c]furan, aza-adamantane (1-azatricyclo[3.3.1.1 3,7 ]decane), and oxa-adamantane (2-oxatricyclo[3.3.1.1 3,7 ]decane).
  • the monocyclic, bicyclic, and tricyclic heterocycles are connected to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or any nitrogen atom contained within the rings, and can be unsubstituted or substituted.
  • hydroxyl or “hydroxy” as used herein, means an —OH group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in a hydrocarbyl substituent is indicated by the prefix “C x -C y -”, wherein x is the minimum and y is the maximum number of carbon atoms in the substituent.
  • C 1 -C 3 -alkyl refers to an alkyl substituent containing from 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • substituted refers to a group “substituted” on an aryl, heteroaryl, phenyl or pyridinyl group at any atom of that group. Any atom can be substituted.
  • substituted refers to a group that may be further substituted with one or more non-hydrogen substituent groups
  • Substituent groups include, but are not limited to, halogen, ⁇ O, ⁇ S, cyano, nitro, fluoroalkyl, alkoxyfluoroalkyl, fluoroalkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxy alkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkylene, aryloxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, amino, alkylamino, acylamino, aminoalkyl, arylamino, sulfonyl amino, sulfinylamino
  • groups and substituents thereof may be selected in accordance with permitted valence of the atoms and the substituents, such that the selections and substitutions result in a stable compound, e.g., which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc.
  • each intervening number there between with the same degree of precision is explicitly contemplated.
  • the numbers 7 and 8 are contemplated in addition to 6 and 9, and for the range 6.0-7.0, the number 6.0, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, and 7.0 are explicitly contemplated.
  • R 1 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or cycloalkyl
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, C 1 -C 4 haloalkyl, and C 1 -C 4 haloalkoxy
  • R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —Y-A, -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), or -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Y-A; p is 0-2;
  • R 1 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or cycloalkyl
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, C 1 -C 4 haloalkyl, and C 1 -C 4 haloalkoxy
  • R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —N(R 7a )(R 7 ), —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —Y-A, -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), or -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Y-A; q is 0-2; X, Y, and Z
  • R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl.
  • R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl, substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxyalkyl, cyclopropyl, fluorocyclopropyl, OR 5 , and NR 6a R 6b ; wherein R 5 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 1 -C 6 fluoroalkyl; and R 6a and R 6b are each independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl; or R 6a and R 6b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R 6a and R 6b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms.
  • R 1 is aryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 3 alkoxyalkyl, and OR 5 ; wherein R 5 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, or C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl.
  • R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl, and C 1 -C 3 alkoxyalkyl. In certain embodiments, R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0-1 substituents selected from C 1 -C 3 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R 1 is isothiazolyl substituted with 0-1 substituents selected from C 1 -C 3 alkyl.
  • R 1 is phenyl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro and methoxy.
  • R 1 is phenyl. In certain embodiments, R 1 is pyridyl. In certain embodiments, R 1 is isothiazolyl. In certain embodiments, R 1 is thiazolyl. In certain embodiments, R 1 is pyrazolyl. In certain embodiments, R 1 is imidazolyl. In certain embodiments, R 1 is pyrrolyl. In certain embodiments, R 1 is thienyl. In certain embodiments, R 1 is furanyl. In certain embodiments, R 1 is benzofuranyl. In certain embodiments, R 1 is benzothienyl. In certain embodiments, R 1 is indolyl. In certain embodiments, R 1 is naphthyl.
  • R 1 is quinolinyl. In certain embodiments, R 1 is tetrahydroquinolinyl. In certain embodiments, R 1 is pyrimidinyl. In certain embodiments, R 1 is pyridazinyl. In certain embodiments, R 1 is pyrazinyl. In certain embodiments, R 1 is oxazolyl. In certain embodiments, R 1 is isoxazolyl.
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro. In certain embodiments, R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R 2a and R 2b are hydrogen, and R 2c is fluoro. In certain embodiments, R 2a is hydrogen, and R 2b and R 2c are each independently hydrogen or fluoro.
  • R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —Y-A, -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), or -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR 8e R 8f , O, or NR 10 ; Y is a bond, CR 8e R 8f , O, or NR 10 ; R 7a and R 7b are each independently selected from C 1 -C 7 alkyl, cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle,
  • R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p (CR 8c R 8d ) q —N(R 7a )(R 7b ) or —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p (CR 8c R 8a ) q —Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR 8e R 8f , O, or NR 10 ; Y is a bond, CR 8e R 8f , O, or NR 10 ; R 7a and R 7b are each independently selected from C 1 -C 7 alkyl, cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R 8a , R 8b , R 8c , R 8d , R 8e and R 8f , each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, hal
  • R 3 is
  • R 3 is
  • R 3 is
  • R 7a and R 7b are each independently selected from C 1 -C 7 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R 7a and R 7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R 8a , R 8b , R 8c , R 8d , R 8e and R 8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R 9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R 9 groups are present in each R 3 ; m is 0-3; n is 0-2; R 10 is hydrogen, C 1 -
  • A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle. In certain embodiments, A′ is cycloalkyl or heterocycle.
  • A′ is a monocyclic heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, A′ is a monocyclic heterocycle. In certain embodiments, A′ is bicyclic heterocycle. In certain embodiments, A′ is a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a phenyl group. In certain embodiments, A′ is a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic cycloalkenyl. In certain embodiments, A′ is a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic heterocycle. In certain embodiments, A′ is a spiro heterocycle. In certain embodiments, A′ is a bridged monocyclic heterocycle ring system. In certain embodiments, A′ is a tricyclic heterocycle.
  • A′ is a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a phenyl group. In certain embodiments, A′ is a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, A′ is a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic cycloalkenyl. In certain embodiments, A′ is a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic heterocycle. In certain embodiments, A′ is a bicyclic heterocycle in which two non-adjacent atoms of the bicyclic ring are linked by an alkylene bridge. In certain embodiments, A′ is an aromatic monocyclic ring. In certain embodiments, A′ is an aromatic bicyclic ring system.
  • A′ is a cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, A′ is unsubstituted. In certain embodiments, A′ is substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 functional groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, ⁇ O, ⁇ S, cyano, nitro, fluoroalkyl, alkoxyfluoroalkyl, fluoroalkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxy alkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkylene, aryloxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, amino, alkylamino, acylamino, aminoalkyl; arylamino, sul
  • A is a monocyclic heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, A is a monocyclic heterocycle. In certain embodiments, A is bicyclic heterocycle. In certain embodiments, A is a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a phenyl group. In certain embodiments, A is a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic cycloalkenyl. In certain embodiments, A is a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic heterocycle. In certain embodiments, A is a spiro heterocycle. In certain embodiments, A is a bridged monocyclic heterocycle ring system. In certain embodiments, A is a tricyclic heterocycle.
  • A is a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a phenyl group. In certain embodiments, A is a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, A is a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic cycloalkenyl. In certain embodiments, A is a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic heterocycle. In certain embodiments, A is a bicyclic heterocycle in which two non-adjacent atoms of the bicyclic ring are linked by an alkylene bridge. In certain embodiments, A is an aromatic monocyclic ring. In certain embodiments, A is an aromatic bicyclic ring system.
  • A is a cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, A is unsubstituted. In certain embodiments, A is substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 functional groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, ⁇ O, ⁇ S, cyano, nitro, fluoroalkyl, alkoxyfluoroalkyl, fluoroalkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkylene, aryloxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, amino, alkylamino, acylamino, aminoalkyl, arylamino, sulfony
  • R 3 is a monocyclic heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R 3 is a monocyclic heterocycle. In certain embodiments, R 3 is bicyclic heterocycle. In certain embodiments, R 3 is a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a phenyl group. In certain embodiments, R 3 is a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic cycloalkenyl. In certain embodiments, R 3 is a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic heterocycle. In certain embodiments, R 3 is a spiro heterocycle. In certain embodiments, R 3 is a bridged monocyclic heterocycle ring system. In certain embodiments, R 3 is a tricyclic heterocycle.
  • R 3 is a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a phenyl group. In certain embodiments, R 3 is a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, R 3 is a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic cycloalkenyl. In certain embodiments, R 3 is a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic heterocycle. In certain embodiments, R 3 is a bicyclic heterocycle in which two non-adjacent atoms of the bicyclic ring are linked by an alkylene bridge. In certain embodiments, R 3 is an aromatic monocyclic ring. In certain embodiments, R 3 is an aromatic bicyclic ring system.
  • R 3 is unsubstituted.
  • R 3 is substituted with 1-7 functional groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, ⁇ O, ⁇ S, cyano, nitro, fluoroalkyl, alkoxyfluoroalkyl, fluoroalkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkylene, aryloxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, amino, alkylamino, acylamino, aminoalkyl, arylamino, sulfonylamino, sulfinylamino, sulfony
  • R 3 is
  • X is a bond, CR 8e R 8f , O, or NR 10 ; Y is a bond, CR 8e R 8f , O, or NR 10 ; R 7a and R 7b are each independently selected from C 1 -C 3 alkyl and C 3 -C 5 cycloalkyl, or R 7a and R 7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R 8a , R 8b , R 8c , R 8d , R 8e and R 8f are each independently selected from hydrogen and methyl; R 9 at each occurrence is independently selected from pyridyl and morpholinyl; wherein 0-1 R 9 groups are present in each R 3 ; m is 0-1; R 10 is hydrogen or C 1 -C 3 alkyl; A is pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrazolinyl, tetra
  • R 4 is —CONH 2 . In certain embodiments, R 4 is cyano.
  • R 1 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or cycloalkyl
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, C 1 -C 4 haloalkyl, and C 1 -C 4 haloalkoxy
  • R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —Y-A, -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), or -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Y-A; p is 0-2; q is 0-2;
  • R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, C 1 -C 4 haloalkyl, and C 1 -C 4 haloalkoxy
  • R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl, substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxyalkyl, cyclopropyl, fluorocyclopropyl, OR 5 , and NR 6a R 6b ; wherein R 5 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 1 -C 6 fluoroalkyl; and R 6a and R 6b are each independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl; or R 6a and R 6b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R 6a and R 6b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently selected from hydrogen,
  • R 1 is aryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 3 alkoxyalkyl, and OR 5 ; wherein R 5 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, or C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl; R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, C 1 -C 4 haloalkyl, and C 1 -C 4 haloalkoxy; R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —Y
  • R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl, and C 1 -C 3 alkoxyalkyl;
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, C 1 -C 4 haloalkyl, and C 1 -C 4 haloalkoxy
  • R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —Y-A, -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —N(R 7a )(R 7b ),
  • R 1 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or cycloalkyl
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro
  • R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —Y-A, -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), or -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Y-A;
  • p is 0-2;
  • q is 0-2;
  • X, Y, and Z are each independently selected from a bond, CR 8e R 8f , O, S, NR 10 , —C(O)
  • R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro
  • R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —Y-A, -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), or -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Y-A;
  • p is 0-2;
  • q is 0-2;
  • X, Y, and Z are each independently selected from a bond, CR 8e R 8f , O, S, NR 10 , —C(O)—, —O—C(O)—
  • R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl, substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxyalkyl, cyclopropyl, fluorocyclopropyl, OR 5 , and NR 6a R 6b ; wherein R 5 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 1 -C 6 fluoroalkyl; and R 6a and R 6b are each independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl; or R 6a and R 6b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R 6a and R 6b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro
  • R 1 is aryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 3 alkoxyalkyl, and OR 5 ; wherein R 5 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, or C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl; R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —Y-A, -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), or -A′-X—(CR 8a R
  • R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl, and C 1 -C 3 alkoxyalkyl;
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro;
  • R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —Y-A, -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), or -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Y-A; p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X, Y
  • R 1 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or cycloalkyl
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each hydrogen
  • R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —Y-A, -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), or -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Y-A;
  • p is 0-2;
  • q is 0-2;
  • X, Y, and Z are each independently selected from a bond, CR 8e R 8f , O, S, NR 10 , —C(O)—, —O—C(O
  • R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl;
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each hydrogen;
  • R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —Y-A, -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), or -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Y-A;
  • p is 0-2;
  • q is 0-2;
  • X, Y, and Z are each independently selected from a bond, CR 8e R 8f , O, S, NR 10 , —C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —C(O)
  • R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl, substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxyalkyl, cyclopropyl, fluorocyclopropyl, OR 5 , and NR 6a R 6b ; wherein R 5 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 1 -C 6 fluoroalkyl; and R 6a and R 6b are each independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl; or R 6a and R 6b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R 6a and R 6b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each hydrogen; R 3 is
  • R 1 is aryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 3 alkoxyalkyl, and OR 5 ; wherein R 5 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, or C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl; R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each hydrogen; R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —Y-A, -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), or -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b )
  • R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl, and C 1 -C 3 alkoxyalkyl;
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each hydrogen;
  • R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —Y-A, -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), or -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Y-A;
  • p is 0-2;
  • q is 0-2;
  • X, Y, and Z
  • R 1 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or cycloalkyl
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro
  • R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —Y-A, -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), or -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR 8e R 8f , O, or NR 10 ; Y is a bond, CR 8e R 8f , O, or
  • R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro
  • R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —Y-A, -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), or -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR 8e R 8f , O, or NR 10 ; Y is a bond, CR 8e R 8f , O, or NR 10 ; R 7a and R 7
  • R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl, substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxyalkyl, cyclopropyl, fluorocyclopropyl, OR 5 , and NR 6a R 6b ; wherein R 5 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 1 -C 6 fluoroalkyl; and R 6a and R 6b are each independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl; or R 6a and R 6b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R 6a and R 6b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro
  • R 1 is aryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 3 alkoxyalkyl, and OR 5 ; wherein R 5 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, or C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl; R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —Y-A, A, -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b
  • R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl, and C 1 -C 3 alkoxyalkyl;
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro;
  • R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —Y-A, -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), or -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is
  • R 1 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or cycloalkyl
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each hydrogen
  • R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —Y-A, -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —N(R 7a (R 7b ), or -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR 8e R 8f , O, or NR 10 ; Y is a bond, CR 8e R 8f , O, or NR 10 ; R 7a and R 7
  • R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl;
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each hydrogen;
  • R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl, substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxyalkyl, cyclopropyl, fluorocyclopropyl, OR 5 , and NR 6a R 6b ; wherein R 5 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 1 -C 6 fluoroalkyl; and R 6a and R 6b are each independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl; or R 6a and R 6b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R 6a and R 6b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each hydrogen; R 3 is
  • R 1 is aryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 3 alkoxyalkyl, and OR 5 ; wherein R 5 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, or C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl; R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each hydrogen; R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —N—(R 7a )(R 7b ), —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —Y-A, -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), or -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b )
  • R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl, and C 1 -C 3 alkoxyalkyl;
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each hydrogen;
  • R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —Y-A, -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —N—(R 7a )(R 7b ), or -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR 8e
  • R 1 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or cycloalkyl
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro
  • R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —Y-A, -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), or -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR 8e R 8f , O, or NR 10 ; Y is a bond, CR 8e R 8f , O, or
  • R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro
  • R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —Y-A, -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), or -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR 8e R 8f , O, or NR 10 ; Y is a bond, CR 8e R 8f , O, or NR 10 , R 7a and R 7
  • R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl, substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxyalkyl, cyclopropyl, fluorocyclopropyl, OR 5 , and NR 6a R 6b ; wherein R 5 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 1 -C 6 fluoroalkyl; and R 6a and R 6b are each independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl; or R 6a and R 6b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R 6a and R 6b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro
  • R 1 is aryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 3 alkoxyalkyl, and OR 5 ; wherein R 5 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, or C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl; R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —Y-A, -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b
  • R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl, and C 1 -C 3 alkoxyalkyl;
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro;
  • R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —Y-A, -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), or -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) q —Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is
  • R 1 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or cycloalkyl
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each hydrogen
  • R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —Y-A, -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —N(R 7a (R 7b ), or -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR 8e R 8f , O, or NR 10 ; Y is a bond, CR 8e R 8f , O, or NR 10 ; R 7a and R 7
  • R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl;
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each hydrogen;
  • R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl, substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxyalkyl, cyclopropyl, fluorocyclopropyl, OR 5 , and NR 6a R 6b ; wherein R 5 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 1 -C 6 fluoroalkyl; and R 6a and R 6b are each independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl; or R 6a and R 6b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R 6a and R 6b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each hydrogen; R 3 is
  • R 1 is aryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 3 alkoxyalkyl, and OR 5 ; wherein R 5 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, or C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl; R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each hydrogen; R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —Y-A, -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), or -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b )
  • R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl, and C 1 -C 3 alkoxyalkyl;
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each hydrogen;
  • R 3 is —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), —X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Z—(CR 8c R 8d ) q —Y-A, -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —N(R 7a )(R 7b ), or -A′-X—(CR 8a R 8b ) p —Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR 8e R
  • R 1 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or cycloalkyl
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro
  • R 3 is
  • R 7a and R 7b are each independently selected from C 1 -C 7 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R 7a and R 7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; lea, R 8a , R 8b , R 8c , R 8d , R 8e and R 8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R 9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R 9 groups are present in each R 3 ; m is 0-3; n is 0-2; R 10 is hydrogen,
  • R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro
  • R 3 is
  • R 7a and R 7b are each independently selected from C 1 -C 7 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R 7a and R 7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R 8a , R 8b , R 8c , R 8d , R 8e and R 8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R 9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R 9 groups are present in each R 3 ; m is 0-3; n is 0-2; R 10 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 7 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the
  • R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl, substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxyalkyl, cyclopropyl, fluorocyclopropyl, OR 5 , and NR 6a R 6b ; wherein R 5 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 1 -C 6 fluoroalkyl; and R 6a and R 6b are each independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl; or R 6a and R 6b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R 6a and R 6b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro
  • R 7a and R 7b are each independently selected from C 1 -C 7 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R 7a and R 7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R 8a , R 8b , R 8c , R 8d , R 8e and R 8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R 9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R 9 groups are present in each R 3 ; m is 0-3; n is 0-2; R 10 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 7 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the
  • R 1 is aryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 3 alkoxyalkyl, and OR 5 ; wherein R 5 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, or C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl; R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R 3 is
  • R 7a and R 7b are each independently selected from C 1 -C 7 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R 7a and R 7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R 8a , R 8b , R 8c , R 8d , R 8e and R 8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R 9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R 9 groups are present in each R 3 ; m is 0-3; n is 0-2; R 10 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 7 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the
  • R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl, and C 1 -C 3 alkoxyalkyl;
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro;
  • R 3 is
  • R 7a and R 7b are each independently selected from C 1 -C 7 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R 7a and R 7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R 8a , R 8b , R 8c , R 8d , R 8e and R 8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R 9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R 9 groups are present in each R 3 ; m is 0-3; n is 0-2; R 10 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 7 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the
  • R 1 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or cycloalkyl
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each hydrogen
  • R 3 is
  • R 7a and R 7b are each independently selected from C 1 -C 7 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R 7a and R 7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R 8a , R 8b , R 8c , R 8d , R 8e and R 8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R 9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R 9 groups are present in each R 3 ; m is 0-3; n is 0-2; R 10 is hydrogen, C 1 -
  • R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each hydrogen
  • R 3 is
  • R 7a and R 7b are each independently selected from C 1 -C 7 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R 7a and R 7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R 8a , R 8b , R 8c , R 8d , R 8e and R 8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R 9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R 9 groups are present in each R 3 ; m is 0-3; n is 0-2; R 10 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 7 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the
  • R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl, substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxyalkyl, cyclopropyl, fluorocyclopropyl, OR 5 , and NR 6a R 6b ; wherein R 5 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 1 -C 6 fluoroalkyl; and R 6a and R 6b are each independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl; or R 6a and R 6b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R 6a and R 6b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each hydrogen; R 3 is
  • R 7a and R 7b are each independently selected from C 1 -C 7 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R 7a and R 7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R 8a , R 8b , R 8c , R 8d , R 8e and R 8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R 9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R 9 groups are present in each R 3 ; m is 0-3; n is 0-2; R 10 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 7 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the
  • R 1 is aryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 3 alkoxyalkyl, and OR 5 ; wherein R 5 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, or C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl; R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each hydrogen; R 3 is
  • R 7a and R 7b are each independently selected from C 1 -C 7 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R 7a and R 7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R 8a , R 8b , R 8c , R 8d , R 8e and R 8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R 9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R 9 groups are present in each R 3 ; m is 0-3; n is 0-2; R 10 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 7 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the
  • R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl, and C 1 -C 3 alkoxyalkyl;
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each hydrogen;
  • R 3 is
  • R 7a and R 7b are each independently selected from C 1 -C 7 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R 7a and R 7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R 8a , R 8b , R 8c , R 8d , R 8e and R 8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R 9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R 9 groups are present in each R 3 ; m is 0-3; n is 0-2; R 10 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 7 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the
  • R 1 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or cycloalkyl
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro
  • R 3 is
  • R 7a and R 7b are each independently selected from C 1 -C 7 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R 7a and R 7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R 8a , R 8b , R 8c , R 8d , R 8e and R 8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R 9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R 9 groups are present in each R 3 ; m is 0-3; R 10 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 alkyl,
  • R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro
  • R 3 is
  • R 7a and R 7b are each independently selected from C 1 -C 7 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R 7a and R 7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; and R 8a , R 8b , R 8c , R 8d , R 8e and R 8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R 9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R 9 groups are present in each R 3 ; R 10 is 0-3; R 10 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 alkyl
  • R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl, substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxyalkyl, cyclopropyl, fluorocyclopropyl, OR 5 , and NR 6a R 6b ;
  • R 5 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 1 -C 6 fluoroalkyl; and
  • R 6a and R 6b are each independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl; or R 6a and R 6b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R 6a and R 6b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms;
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro
  • R 7a and R 7b are each independently selected from C 1 -C 7 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R 7a and R 7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R 8a , R 8b , R 8c , R 8d , R 8e and R 8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R 9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R 9 groups are present in each R 3 ; m is 0-3; R 10 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 alkyl,
  • R 1 is aryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 3 alkoxyalkyl, and OR 5 ; wherein R 5 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, or C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl; R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R 3 is
  • R 7a and R 7b are each independently selected from C 1 -C 7 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R 7a and R 7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R 8a , R 8b , R 8c , R 8d , R 8e and R 8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R 9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R 9 groups are present in each R 3 ; m is 0-3; R 10 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 alkyl,
  • R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl, and C 1 -C 3 alkoxyalkyl;
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro;
  • R 3 is
  • R 7a and R 7b are each independently selected from C 1 -C 7 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R 7a and R 7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R 8a , R 8b , R 8c , R 8d , R 8e and R 8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R 9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R 9 groups are present in each R 3 ; m is 0-3; R 10 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 alkyl,
  • R 1 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or cycloalkyl
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each hydrogen
  • R 3 is
  • R 7a and R 7b are each independently selected from C 1 -C 7 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R 7a and R 7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R 8a , R 8b , R 8c , R 8d , R 8e and R 8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R 9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R 9 groups are present in each R 3 ; m is 0-3; R 10 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 alkyl,
  • R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each hydrogen
  • R 3 is
  • R 7a and R 7b are each independently selected from C 1 -C 7 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R 7a and R 7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R 8a , R 8b , R 8c , R 8d , R 8e and R 8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R 9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R 9 groups are present in each R 3 ; m is 0-3; R 10 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 alkyl,
  • R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl, substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxyalkyl, cyclopropyl, fluorocyclopropyl, OR 5 , and NR 6a R 6b ; wherein R 5 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 1 -C 6 fluoroalkyl; and R 6a and R 6b are each independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl; or R 6a and R 6b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R 6a and R 6b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each hydrogen; R 3 is
  • R 7a and R 7b are each independently selected from C 1 -C 7 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R 7a and R 7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R 8a , R 8b , R 8c , R 8d , R 8e and R 8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R 9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R 9 groups are present in each R 3 ; m is 0-3; R 10 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 alkyl,
  • R 1 is aryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl, C 1 -C 3 alkoxyalkyl, and OR 5 ; wherein R 5 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, or C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl; R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each hydrogen; R 3 is
  • R 7a and R 7b are each independently selected from C 1 -C 7 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R 7a and R 7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R 8a , R 8b , R 8c , R 8d , R 8e and R 8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R 9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R 9 groups are present in each R 3 ; m is 0-3; R 10 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 alkyl,
  • R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl, and C 1 -C 3 alkoxyalkyl;
  • R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c are each hydrogen;
  • R 3 is
  • R 7a and R 7b are each independently selected from C 1 -C 7 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R 7a and R 7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R 7a and R 7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R 8a , R 8b , R 8c , R 8d , R 8e and R 8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R 9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R 9 groups are present in each R 3 ; m is 0-3; R 10 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 alkyl,
  • R 1 is phenyl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro and methoxy;
  • R 2a is hydrogen;
  • R 2b and R 2c are each independently hydrogen or fluoro;
  • R 3 is
  • R 7a and R 7b are each independently selected from C 1 -C 3 alkyl and C 3 -C 5 cycloalkyl, or R 7a and R 7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle;
  • R 8a , R 8b , R 8c , R 8d , R 8e and R 8f are each independently selected from hydrogen and methyl;
  • R 9 at each occurrence is independently selected from pyridyl and morpholinyl; wherein 0-1 R 9 groups are present in each R 3 ; m is 0-1;
  • R 10 is hydrogen or C 1 -C 3 alkyl;
  • A is pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrazolinyl, tetra
  • R 1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0-1 substituents independently selected from C 1 -C 3 alkyl;
  • R 2a is hydrogen;
  • R 2b and R 2c are each independently hydrogen or fluoro;
  • R 3 is
  • Representative compounds of formula (I) include, but are not limited to:
  • the compound may exist as a stereoisomer wherein asymmetric or chiral centers are present.
  • the stereoisomer is “R” or “S” depending on the configuration of substituents around the chiral carbon atom.
  • R and S used herein are configurations as defined in IUPAC 1974 Recommendations for Section E, Fundamental Stereochemistry, in Pure Appl. Chem., 1976, 45: 13-30.
  • Stereoisomers include enantiomers and diastereomers, and mixtures of enantiomers or diastereomers.
  • Individual stereoisomers of the compounds may be prepared synthetically from commercially available starting materials, which contain asymmetric or chiral centers or by preparation of racemic mixtures followed by methods of resolution well-known to those of ordinary skill in the art. These methods of resolution are exemplified by (1) attachment of a mixture of enantiomers to a chiral auxiliary, separation of the resulting mixture of diastereomers by recrystallization or chromatography and optional liberation of the optically pure product from the auxiliary as described in Furniss, Hannaford, Smith, and Tatchell, “Vogel's Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry”, 5th edition (1989), Longman Scientific & Technical, Essex CM20 2JE, England, or (2) direct separation of the mixture of optical enantiomers on chiral chromatographic columns or (3) fractional recrystallization methods.
  • the present disclosure also includes an isotopically-labeled compound, which is identical to those recited in formula (I), but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature.
  • isotopes suitable for inclusion in the compounds of the invention are hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, sulfur, fluorine, and chlorine, such as, but not limited to 2 H, 3 H 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 18 O, 17 O, 31 P, 32 P, 35 S, 18 F and 36 Cl, respectively.
  • the compound may incorporate positron-emitting isotopes for medical imaging and positron-emitting tomography (PET) studies for determining the distribution of receptors.
  • positron-emitting isotopes that can be incorporated in compounds of formula (I) are 11 C, 13 N, 15 O, and 18 F.
  • Isotopically-labeled compounds of formula (I) can generally be prepared by conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art or by processes analogous to those described in the accompanying Examples using appropriate isotopically-labeled reagent in place of non-isotopically-labeled reagent.
  • the disclosed compounds may act or function as non-competitive antagonists, allosteric inhibitors, allosteric antagonists, or negative allosteric modulators (NAM) of mGlu 2 .
  • the compounds may be procognitive and neuroprotective even in the presence of mGlu 2 dysfunction.
  • Compounds of formula (I) can inhibit mGlu 2 with an IC 50 ranging from about 1 nM to about 30 ⁇ M.
  • the compounds may have an IC 50 of about 30 ⁇ M, about 29 ⁇ M, about 28 ⁇ M, about 27 ⁇ M, about 26 ⁇ M, about 25 ⁇ M, about 24 ⁇ M, about 23 ⁇ M, about 22 ⁇ M, about 21 ⁇ M, about 20 ⁇ M, about 19 ⁇ M, about 18 ⁇ M, about 17 ⁇ M, about 16 ⁇ M, about 15 ⁇ M, about 14 ⁇ M, about 13 ⁇ M, about 12 ⁇ M, about 11 ⁇ M, about 10 ⁇ M, about 9 ⁇ M, about 8 ⁇ M, about 7 ⁇ M, about 6 ⁇ M, about 5 ⁇ M, about 4 ⁇ M, about 3 ⁇ M, about 2 ⁇ M, about 1 ⁇ M, about 950 nM, about 900 nM, about 850 nM, about 800 nM, about
  • Compounds of formula (I) can inhibit mGlu 2 with an IC50 of less than 30 ⁇ M, less than 29 ⁇ M, less than 28 ⁇ M, less than 27 IAM, less than 26 ⁇ M, less than 25 ⁇ M, less than 24 ⁇ M, less than 23 ⁇ M, less than 22 ⁇ M, less than 21 ⁇ M, less than 20 ⁇ M, less than 19 ⁇ M, less than 18 ⁇ M, less than 17 ⁇ M, less than 16 ⁇ M, less than 15 ⁇ M, less than 14 ⁇ M, less than 13 ⁇ M, less than 12 ⁇ M, less than 11 ⁇ M, less than 10 ⁇ M, less than 9 ⁇ M, less than 8 ⁇ M, less than 7 ⁇ M, less than 6 ⁇ M, less than 5 ⁇ M, less than 4 ⁇ M, less than 3 ⁇ M, less than 2 ⁇ M, less than 1 ⁇ M, less than 950 nM, less than 900 nM, less than 850 nM, less
  • Compounds of formula (I) may be selective modulators of mGlu 2 over mGlu 3 .
  • the compounds may have a ratio of mGlu 2 IC 50 to mGlu 3 EC 50 of at least 100, at least 95, at least 90, at least 85, at least 80, at least 75, at least 70, at least 64, at least 60, at least 55, at least 50, at least 45, at least 40, at least 35, at least 33, at least 31, at least 30, at least 29, at least 28, at least 27, at least 26, at least 25, at least 24, at least 23, at least 22, at least 21, at least 20, at least 19, at least 18, at least 17, at least 16, at least 15, at least 14, at least 13, at least 12, at least 11, at least 10, at least 9, at least 8, at least 7, at least 6, at least 5, at least 4, at least 3, or at least 2.
  • Compounds of formula (I) may have a ratio of mGlu 2 IC 50 to mGlu 3 EC 50 of about 100, about 95, about 90, about 85, about 80, about 75, about 70, about 64, about 60, about 55, about 50, about 45, about 40, about 35, about 33, about 31, about 30, about 29, about 28, about 27, about 26, about 25, about 24, about 23, about 22, about 21, about 20, about 19, about 18, about 17, about 16, about 15, about 14, about 13, about 12, about 11, about 10, about 9, about 8, about 7, about 6, about 5, about 4, about 3, or about 2.
  • Compounds of formula (I) may be selective modulators of mGlu 2 over mGlu 5 .
  • the compounds may have a ratio of mGlu 2 IC 50 to mGlu 5 EC 50 of at least 100, at least 95, at least 90, at least 85, at least 80, at least 75, at least 70, at least 64, at least 60, at least 55, at least 50, at least 45, at least 40, at least 35, at least 33, at least 31, at least 30, at least 29, at least 28, at least 27, at least 26, at least 25, at least 24, at least 23, at least 22, at least 21, at least 20, at least 19, at least 18, at least 17, at least 16, at least 15, at least 14, at least 13, at least 12, at least 11, at least 10, at least 9, at least 8, at least 7, at least 6, at least 5, at least 4, at least 3, or at least 2.
  • Compounds of formula (I) may have a ratio of mGlu 2 IC 50 to mGlu 5 EC 50 of about 100, about 95, about 90, about 85, about 80, about 75, about 70, about 64, about 60, about 55, about 50, about 45, about 40, about 35, about 33, about 31, about 30, about 29, about 28, about 27, about 26, about 25, about 24, about 23, about 22, about 21, about 20, about 19, about 18, about 17, about 16, about 15, about 14, about 13, about 12, about 11, about 10, about 9, about 8, about 7, about 6, about 5, about 4, about 3, or about 2.
  • the disclosed compounds may exist as pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salt refers to salts or zwitterions of the compounds which are water or oil-soluble or dispersible, suitable for treatment of disorders without undue toxicity, irritation, and allergic response, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio and effective for their intended use.
  • the salts may be prepared during the final isolation and purification of the compounds or separately by reacting an amino group of the compounds with a suitable acid.
  • a compound may be dissolved in a suitable solvent, such as but not limited to methanol and water and treated with at least one equivalent of an acid, like hydrochloric acid.
  • the resulting salt may precipitate out and be isolated by filtration and dried under reduced pressure.
  • salts include acetate, adipate, alginate, citrate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate, bisulfate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, digluconate, glycerophosphate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, formate, isethionate, fumarate, lactate, maleate, methanesulfonate, naphthylenesulfonate, nicotinate, oxalate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, picrate, oxalate, maleate, pivalate, propionate, succinate, tartrate, thrichloroacetate, trifluoroacetate, glutamate, para-toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, hydrochloric
  • amino groups of the compounds may also be quaternized with alkyl chlorides, bromides and iodides such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, lauryl, myristyl, stearyl and the like.
  • Basic addition salts may be prepared during the final isolation and purification of the disclosed compounds by reaction of a carboxyl group with a suitable base such as the hydroxide, carbonate, or bicarbonate of a metal cation such as lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, or aluminum, or an organic primary, secondary, or tertiary amine.
  • a suitable base such as the hydroxide, carbonate, or bicarbonate of a metal cation such as lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, or aluminum, or an organic primary, secondary, or tertiary amine.
  • Quaternary amine salts can be prepared, such as those derived from methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, diethylamine, ethylamine, tributylamine, pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N-methylpiperidine, N-methylmorpholine, dicyclohexylamine, procaine, dibenzylamine, N,N-dibenzylphenethylamine, 1-ephenamine and N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperidine, piperazine, and the like.
  • Compounds of formula (I) may be prepared by synthetic processes or by metabolic processes. Preparation of the compounds by metabolic processes includes those occurring in the human or animal body (in vivo) or processes occurring in vitro.
  • D t BAD for di-Cert-butylazodicarboxylate
  • BuLi for butyllithium
  • dba for dibenzylideneacetone
  • DIEA for diisopropylethylamine
  • DME for dimethoxyethane
  • DME for dimethylformamide
  • dppf for 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene
  • EDC for N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride
  • HATU for N-[(dimethylamino)-1H-1,2,3-triazolo-[4,5-b]pyridin-1-ylmethylene]-N-methylmethanaminium hexafluorophosphate N-oxide
  • HOBt for 1-hydroxybenzotriazole
  • Me 2 CO for acetone
  • MeOH for methanol
  • NEt 1-hydroxybenzotriazo
  • intermediate v wherein each R 2 is as defined in the Summary of the Invention, can be prepared from substituted benzoyl chloride i.
  • ⁇ -ketoester iii can be treated with DMF-DMA (iv), followed by addition of R 1 NH 2 , wherein R 1 is as defined in the Summary of the Invention, to provide intermediate v.
  • Scheme 2 illustrates the conversion of intermediate v to intermediate vi.
  • Intermediate v can be treated with a solution of ammonia in methanol with heating to give intermediate vi.
  • Scheme 3 illustrates the preparation of intermediate x from intermediate v and the preparation of intermediate xi from intermediate vi.
  • Bromides v and vi may be converted to alkenes viii and ix, respectively, via a palladium catalyzed coupling reaction with potassium vinyltrifluoroborate vii, wherein R 8a is as defined in the Summary of the Invention.
  • Treatment of intermediates viii and ix with osmium tetroxide and 4-methylmorpholine N-oxide (NMO) can form the corresponding diols, which can be reacted in situ with sodium (meta)periodate to afford intermediates x and xi, respectively.
  • NMO 4-methylmorpholine N-oxide
  • Scheme 4 illustrates the conversion of intermediate x to intermediate xiv.
  • Intermediate x can be treated with an amine xii, wherein R 7a and R 7b are as defined in the Summary of the Invention, and a reagent xiii, wherein M is a group that renders R 8b nucleophilic, wherein R 8b is as defined in the Summary of the Invention, to provide intermediate xiv.
  • Scheme 5 illustrates the conversion of intermediate x to intermediate xv.
  • Intermediate x can be treated with a reagent xiii, wherein M is a group that renders R 8b nucleophilic, wherein R 8b is as defined in the Summary of the Invention, to provide intermediate xv.
  • Scheme 6 illustrates the conversion of intermediate v to intermediate xvii.
  • Intermediate v can be converted to intermediate xvi via a palladium catalyzed hydroxylation.
  • Intermediate xvi can be treated with acid in methanol with heating to afford intermediate xvii.
  • Scheme 7 illustrates the preparation of intermediate xx from intermediate xvii and the preparation of intermediate xxi from intermediate xvii.
  • Intermediate xvii can be reacted in a Mitsunobu reaction with alcohols xviii and xix, wherein R 7a , R 7b , R 8a , R 8b , R 8c , R 8d , z, p, q, Y, and A are as defined in the Summary of the Invention, to produce intermediates xx and xxi, respectively.
  • Scheme 8 illustrates the synthesis of intermediate xxiii from intermediate xv.
  • Intermediate xv can be reacted in a Mitsunobu reaction with alcohol xxii, wherein, A is as defined in the Summary of the Invention, to produce intermediate xxiii, respectively.
  • Scheme 9 illustrates the preparation of intermediate xxviii from intermediate v, the preparation of intermediate xxix from intermediate v, the preparation of intermediate xxx from intermediate v, and the preparation of intermediate xxxi from intermediate v.
  • Intermediate v may be reacted with amines xxiv, xxv, xxvi, and xxvii, wherein R 7a , R 7b , R 8a , R 8b , R 8c , R 8d , z, p, q, Y, and A are as defined in the Summary of the Invention, in a Buchwald-Hartwig palladium catalyzed coupling to produce intermediates xxviii, xxix, xxx, and xxxi, respectively.
  • Scheme 10 illustrates the synthesis of intermediate xxxiv from intermediate v and the preparation of intermediate xxxv from intermediate v.
  • Intermediate v can be reacted with alkynes xxxii and xxxiii, wherein lea, R 7a , R 7b , R 8a , R 8b , R 8c , R 8d , z, p, q, Y, and A are as defined in the Summary of the Invention and wherein p is 0 or 1, in a Sonogashira coupling to provide intermediates xxxiv and xxxv, respectively.
  • Scheme 11 illustrates the conversion of intermediate v to intermediate xxxviii.
  • Reaction of intermediate v with ethynyltrimethylsilane in a Sonogashira coupling can provide intermediate xxxvi
  • Treatment of intermediate xxxvi with tetrabutylammonium fluoride can yield intermediate xxxvii.
  • Coupling of intermediate xxxvii with A-X, wherein A is as defined in the Summary of the Invention and wherein X is chloride, bromide, iodide, or trifluoromethanesulfonate, under Sonogashira conditions can afford intermediate xxxviii.
  • Scheme 12 illustrates the synthesis of intermediate xxxix from intermediate xxxiv, the preparation of intermediate xl from intermediate xxxv, and the preparation of intermediate xli from intermediate xxxviii.
  • Intermediates xxxiv, xxxv, and xxxviii can be reduced via a palladium catalyzed hydrogenation to afford intermediates xxxix, xl, and xli, respectively.
  • the compound of formula (I) can be prepared from intermediate xlii.
  • Treatment of intermediate xlii, wherein R 3 is as defined in the Summary of the invention, with ammonia in methanol with heating can provide the compound of formula (I).
  • the compound of formula (I) can be prepared from intermediate xlii, as illustrated in Scheme 14, by a two-step process.
  • Hydrolysis of intermediate xlii, wherein R 3 is as defined in the Summary of the invention, with aqueous hydroxide can provide intermediate acid xliii.
  • Intermediate xliii can be converted to the compound of formula (I) using ammonium chloride and a suitable coupling reagent.
  • the compound of formula (I) can also be prepared from intermediate vi.
  • Reaction of intermediate vi with alcohols such as xviii and xix, wherein R 7a , R 7b , R 8a , R 8b , R 8c , R 8d , z, p, q, Y, and A are as defined in the Summary of the Invention, in an Ullmann coupling can afford the compound of formula (I).
  • the compound of formula (I) can be prepared from intermediate vi.
  • Intermediate vi can be reacted in a palladium catalyzed Suzuki coupling reaction with reagents such as xliv or xlv, wherein R 3 is as defined in the Summary of the invention, to yield the compound of formula (I).
  • the compound of formula (I) can also be prepared from intermediate ix.
  • Intermediate ix can be treated with an amine xii, wherein R 7a and R 7b are as defined in the Summary of the Invention, and a reagent xiii, wherein M is a group that renders R 8b nucleophilic, wherein R 8b is as defined in the Summary of the Invention, to provide the compound of formula (I).
  • the compound of formula (I), wherein R 4 is cyano can be prepared from intermediate vi.
  • the primary amide of vi can be dehydrated through treatment with an appropriate reagent such as cyanuric chloride to afford intermediate xlvi.
  • Conversion of intermediate xlvi into the compound of formula (I) can be accomplished using methods analogous to those described in Schemes 3-12 and Schemes 15-17.
  • the compounds and intermediates may be isolated and purified by methods well-known to those skilled in the art of organic synthesis.
  • Examples of conventional methods for isolating and purifying compounds can include, but are not limited to, chromatography on solid supports such as silica gel, alumina, or silica derivatized with alkylsilane groups, by recrystallization at high or low temperature with an optional pretreatment with activated carbon, thin-layer chromatography, distillation at various pressures, sublimation under vacuum, and trituration, as described for instance in “Vogel's Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry”, 5th edition (1989), by Furniss, Hannaford, Smith, and Tatchell, pub. Longman Scientific & Technical, Essex CM20 2JE, England.
  • a disclosed compound may have at least one basic nitrogen whereby the compound can be treated with an acid to form a desired salt.
  • a compound may be reacted with an acid at or above room temperature to provide the desired salt, which is deposited, and collected by filtration after cooling.
  • acids suitable for the reaction include, but are not limited to tartaric acid, lactic acid, succinic acid, as well as mandelic, atrolactic, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, toluenesulfonic, naphthalenesulfonic, benzenesulfonic, carbonic, fumaric, maleic, gluconic, acetic, propionic, salicylic, hydrochloric, hydrobromic, phosphoric, sulfuric, citric, hydroxybutyric, camphorsulfonic, malic, phenylacetic, aspartic, or glutamic acid, and the like.
  • reaction conditions and reaction times for each individual step can vary depending on the particular reactants employed and substituents present in the reactants used. Specific procedures are provided in the Examples section. Reactions can be worked up in the conventional manner, e.g. by eliminating the solvent from the residue and further purified according to methodologies generally known in the art such as, but not limited to, crystallization, distillation, extraction, trituration and chromatography. Unless otherwise described, the starting materials and reagents are either commercially available or can be prepared by one skilled in the art from commercially available materials using methods described in the chemical literature. Starting materials, if not commercially available, can be prepared by procedures selected from standard organic chemical techniques, techniques that are analogous to the synthesis of known, structurally similar compounds, or techniques that are analogous to the above described schemes or the procedures described in the synthetic examples section.
  • an optically active form of a disclosed compound When an optically active form of a disclosed compound is required, it can be obtained by carrying out one of the procedures described herein using an optically active starting material (prepared, for example, by asymmetric induction of a suitable reaction step), or by resolution of a mixture of the stereoisomers of the compound or intermediates using a standard procedure (such as chromatographic separation, recrystallization or enzymatic resolution).
  • an optically active starting material prepared, for example, by asymmetric induction of a suitable reaction step
  • resolution of a mixture of the stereoisomers of the compound or intermediates using a standard procedure (such as chromatographic separation, recrystallization or enzymatic resolution).
  • a pure geometric isomer of a compound when required, it can be obtained by carrying out one of the above procedures using a pure geometric isomer as a starting material, or by resolution of a mixture of the geometric isomers of the compound or intermediates using a standard procedure such as chromatographic separation.
  • the disclosed compounds may be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration to a subject (such as a patient, which may be a human or non-human).
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may include a “therapeutically effective amount” or a “prophylactically effective amount” of the agent.
  • a “therapeutically effective amount” refers to an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired therapeutic result.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of the composition may be determined by a person skilled in the art and may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the individual, and the ability of the composition to elicit a desired response in the individual.
  • a therapeutically effective amount is also one in which any toxic or detrimental effects of a compound of the invention [e.g., a compound of formula (I)] are outweighed by the therapeutically beneficial effects.
  • prophylactically effective amount refers to an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired prophylactic result. Typically, since a prophylactic dose is used in subjects prior to or at an earlier stage of disease, the prophylactically effective amount will be less than the therapeutically effective amount.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) may be about 1 mg/kg to about 1000 mg/kg, about 5 mg/kg to about 950 mg/kg, about 10 mg/kg to about 900 mg/kg, about 15 mg/kg to about 850 mg/kg, about 20 mg/kg to about 800 mg/kg, about 25 mg/kg to about 750 mg/kg, about 30 mg/kg to about 700 mg/kg, about 35 mg/kg to about 650 mg/kg, about 40 mg/kg to about 600 mg/kg, about 45 mg/kg to about 550 mg/kg, about 50 mg/kg to about 500 mg/kg, about 55 mg/kg to about 450 mg/kg, about 60 mg/kg to about 400 mg/kg, about 65 mg/kg to about 350 mg/kg, about 70 mg/kg to about 300 mg/kg, about 75 mg/kg to about 250 mg/kg, about 80 mg/kg to about 200 mg/kg, about 85 mg/kg to about 150 mg/kg, and about 90 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg
  • compositions may include pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier means a non-toxic, inert solid, semi-solid or liquid filler, diluent, encapsulating material or formulation auxiliary of any type.
  • materials which can serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are sugars such as, but not limited to, lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches such as, but not limited to, corn starch and potato starch; cellulose and its derivatives such as, but not limited to, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; powdered tragacanth; malt; gelatin; talc; excipients such as, but not limited to, cocoa butter and suppository waxes; oils such as, but not limited to, peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; glycols; such as propylene glycol; esters such as, but not limited to, ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; agar; buffering agents such as, but not limited to, magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; alginic acid; pyrogen-free water; isotonic saline;
  • the compounds and their physiologically acceptable salts and solvates may be formulated for administration by, for example, solid dosing, eyedrop, in a topical oil-based formulation, injection, inhalation (either through the mouth or the nose), implants, or oral, buccal, parenteral, or rectal administration.
  • Techniques and formulations may generally be found in “Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences”, (Meade Publishing Co., Easton, Pa.). Therapeutic compositions must typically be sterile and stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage.
  • compositions may be in a variety of forms, suitable, for example, for systemic administration (e.g., oral, rectal, nasal, sublingual, buccal, implants, or parenteral) or topical administration (e.g., dermal, pulmonary, nasal, aural, ocular, liposome delivery systems, or iontophoresis).
  • systemic administration e.g., oral, rectal, nasal, sublingual, buccal, implants, or parenteral
  • topical administration e.g., dermal, pulmonary, nasal, aural, ocular, liposome delivery systems, or iontophoresis.
  • Carriers for systemic administration typically include at least one of diluents, lubricants, binders, disintegrants, colorants, flavors, sweeteners, antioxidants, preservatives, glidants, solvents, suspending agents, wetting agents, surfactants, combinations thereof, and others. All carriers are optional in the compositions.
  • Suitable diluents include sugars such as glucose, lactose, dextrose, and sucrose; diols such as propylene glycol; calcium carbonate; sodium carbonate; sugar alcohols, such as glycerin; mannitol; and sorbitol.
  • the amount of diluent(s) in a systemic or topical composition is typically about 50 to about 90%.
  • Suitable lubricants include silica, talc, stearic acid and its magnesium salts and calcium salts, calcium sulfate; and liquid lubricants such as polyethylene glycol and vegetable oils such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and oil of theobroma.
  • the amount of lubricant(s) in a systemic or topical composition is typically about 5 to about 10%.
  • Suitable binders include polyvinyl pyrrolidone; magnesium aluminum silicate; starches such as corn starch and potato starch; gelatin; tragacanth; and cellulose and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, ethyl cellulose, methylcellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, and sodium carboxymethylcellulose.
  • the amount of binder(s) in a systemic composition is typically about 5 to about 50%.
  • Suitable disintegrants include agar, alginic acid and the sodium salt thereof, effervescent mixtures, croscarmelose, crospovidone, sodium carboxymethyl starch, sodium starch glycolate, clays, and ion exchange resins.
  • the amount of disintegrant(s) in a systemic or topical composition is typically about 0.1 to about 10%.
  • Suitable colorants include a colorant such as an FD&C dye.
  • the amount of colorant in a systemic or topical composition is typically about 0.005 to about 0.1%.
  • Suitable flavors include menthol, peppermint, and fruit flavors.
  • the amount of flavor(s), when used, in a systemic or topical composition is typically about 0.1 to about 1.0%.
  • Suitable sweeteners include aspartame and saccharin.
  • the amount of sweetener(s) in a systemic or topical composition is typically about 0.001 to about 1%.
  • Suitable antioxidants include butylated hydroxyanisole (“BHA”), butylated hydroxytoluene (“BHT”), and vitamin E.
  • BHA butylated hydroxyanisole
  • BHT butylated hydroxytoluene
  • the amount of antioxidant(s) in a systemic or topical composition is typically about 0.1 to about 5%.
  • Suitable preservatives include benzalkonium chloride, methyl paraben and sodium benzoate.
  • the amount of preservative(s) in a systemic or topical composition is typically about 0.01 to about 5%.
  • Suitable glidants include silicon dioxide.
  • the amount of glidant(s) in a systemic or topical composition is typically about 1 to about 5%.
  • Suitable solvents include water, isotonic saline, ethyl oleate, glycerine, hydroxylated castor oils, alcohols such as ethanol, and phosphate buffer solutions.
  • the amount of solvent(s) in a systemic or topical composition is typically from about 0 to about 100%.
  • Suitable suspending agents include AVICEL RC-591 (from FMC Corporation of Philadelphia, Pa.) and sodium alginate.
  • the amount of suspending agent(s) in a systemic or topical composition is typically about 1 to about 8%.
  • Suitable surfactants include lecithin, Polysorbate 80, and sodium lauryl sulfate, and the TWEENS from Atlas Powder Company of Wilmington, Del.
  • Suitable surfactants include those disclosed in the C.T.F.A. Cosmetic Ingredient Handbook, 1992, pp. 587-592; Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 15th Ed. 1975, pp. 335-337; and McCutcheon's Volume 1, Emulsifiers & Detergents, 1994, North American Edition, pp. 236-239.
  • the amount of surfactant(s) in the systemic or topical composition is typically about 0.1% to about 5%.
  • systemic compositions include 0.01% to 50% of active [e.g., compound of formula (I)] and 50% to 99.99% of one or more carriers.
  • Compositions for parenteral administration typically include 0.1% to 10% of actives and 90% to 99.9% of a carrier including a diluent and a solvent.
  • compositions for oral administration can have various dosage forms.
  • solid forms include tablets, capsules, granules, and bulk powders.
  • These oral dosage forms include a safe and effective amount, usually at least about 5%, and more particularly from about 25% to about 50% of actives.
  • the oral dosage compositions include about 50% to about 95% of carriers, and more particularly, from about 50% to about 75%.
  • Tablets can be compressed, tablet triturates, enteric-coated, sugar-coated, film-coated, or multiple-compressed. Tablets typically include an active component, and a carrier comprising ingredients selected from diluents, lubricants, binders, disintegrants, colorants, flavors, sweeteners, glidants, and combinations thereof.
  • diluents include calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, mannitol, lactose and cellulose.
  • Specific binders include starch, gelatin, and sucrose.
  • Specific disintegrants include alginic acid and croscarmelose.
  • Specific lubricants include magnesium stearate, stearic acid, and talc.
  • Specific colorants are the FD&C dyes, which can be added for appearance.
  • Chewable tablets preferably contain sweeteners such as aspartame and saccharin, or flavors such as menthol, peppermint, fruit flavors, or a combination thereof.
  • Capsules typically include an active compound [e.g., a compound of formula (I)], and a carrier including one or more diluents disclosed above in a capsule comprising gelatin.
  • Granules typically comprise a disclosed compound, and preferably glidants such as silicon dioxide to improve flow characteristics.
  • Implants can be of the biodegradable or the non-biodegradable type.
  • ingredients in the carrier for oral compositions depends on secondary considerations like taste, cost, and shelf stability, which are not critical for the purposes of this invention.
  • Solid compositions may be coated by conventional methods, typically with pH or time-dependent coatings, such that a disclosed compound is released in the gastrointestinal tract in the vicinity of the desired application, or at various points and times to extend the desired action.
  • the coatings typically include one or more components selected from the group consisting of cellulose acetate phthalate, polyvinyl acetate phthalate, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose phthalate, ethyl cellulose, EUDRAGIT coatings (available from Rohm & Haas G.M.B.H. of Darmstadt, Germany), waxes and shellac.
  • compositions for oral administration can have liquid forms.
  • suitable liquid forms include aqueous solutions, emulsions, suspensions, solutions reconstituted from non-effervescent granules, suspensions reconstituted from non-effervescent granules, effervescent preparations reconstituted from effervescent granules, elixirs, tinctures, syrups, and the like.
  • Liquid orally administered compositions typically include a disclosed compound and a carrier, namely, a carrier selected from diluents, colorants, flavors, sweeteners, preservatives, solvents, suspending agents, and surfactants.
  • Peroral liquid compositions preferably include one or more ingredients selected from colorants, flavors, and sweeteners.
  • compositions useful for attaining systemic delivery of the subject compounds include sublingual, buccal and nasal dosage forms.
  • Such compositions typically include one or more of soluble filler substances such as diluents including sucrose, sorbitol and mannitol; and binders such as acacia, microcrystalline cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose.
  • Such compositions may further include lubricants, colorants, flavors, sweeteners, antioxidants, and glidants.
  • Topical compositions that can be applied locally to the skin may be in any form including solids, solutions, oils, creams, ointments, gels, lotions, shampoos, leave-on and rinse-out hair conditioners, milks, cleansers, moisturizers, sprays, skin patches, and the like.
  • Topical compositions include: a disclosed compound [e.g., a compound of formula (I)], and a carrier.
  • the carrier of the topical composition preferably aids penetration of the compounds into the skin.
  • the carrier may further include one or more optional components.
  • the amount of the carrier employed in conjunction with a disclosed compound is sufficient to provide a practical quantity of composition for administration per unit dose of the medicament.
  • Techniques and compositions for making dosage forms useful in the methods of this invention are described in the following references: Modern Pharmaceutics, Chapters 9 and 10, Banker & Rhodes, eds. (1979); Lieberman et al., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Tablets (1981); and Ansel, Introduction to Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, 2nd Ed., (1976).
  • a carrier may include a single ingredient or a combination of two or more ingredients.
  • the carrier includes a topical carrier.
  • Suitable topical carriers include one or more ingredients selected from phosphate buffered saline, isotonic water, deionized water, monofunctional alcohols, symmetrical alcohols, aloe vera gel, allantoin, glycerin, vitamin A and E oils, mineral oil, propylene glycol, PPG-2 myristyl propionate, dimethyl isosorbide, castor oil, combinations thereof, and the like.
  • carriers for skin applications include propylene glycol, dimethyl isosorbide, and water, and even more particularly, phosphate buffered saline, isotonic water, deionized water, monofunctional alcohols, and symmetrical alcohols.
  • the carrier of a topical composition may further include one or more ingredients selected from emollients, propellants, solvents, humectants, thickeners, powders, fragrances, pigments, and preservatives, all of which are optional.
  • Suitable emollients include stearyl alcohol, glyceryl monoricinoleate, glyceryl monostearate, propane-1,2-diol, butane-1,3-diol, mink oil, cetyl alcohol, isopropyl isostearate, stearic acid, isobutyl palmitate, isocetyl stearate, oleyl alcohol, isopropyl laurate, hexyl laurate, decyl oleate, octadecan-2-ol, isocetyl alcohol, cetyl palmitate, di-n-butyl sebacate, isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, isopropyl stearate, butyl stearate, polyethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, lanolin, sesame oil, coconut oil, arachis oil, castor oil, acetylated lanolin alcohols, petroleum, mineral oil, but
  • Suitable propellants include propane, butane, isobutane, dimethyl ether, carbon dioxide, nitrous oxide, and combinations thereof.
  • the amount of propellant(s) in a topical composition is typically about 0% to about 95%.
  • Suitable solvents include water, ethyl alcohol, methylene chloride, isopropanol, castor oil, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, dimethylsulfoxide, dimethyl formamide, tetrahydrofuran, and combinations thereof.
  • Specific solvents include ethyl alcohol and homotopic alcohols.
  • the amount of solvent(s) in a topical composition is typically about 0% to about 95%.
  • Suitable humectants include glycerin, sorbitol, sodium 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylate, soluble collagen, dibutyl phthalate, gelatin, and combinations thereof. Specific humectants include glycerin. The amount of humectant(s) in a topical composition is typically 0% to 95%.
  • the amount of thickener(s) in a topical composition is typically about 0% to about 95%.
  • Suitable powders include beta-cyclodextrins, hydroxypropyl cyclodextrins, chalk, talc, fullers earth, kaolin, starch, gums, colloidal silicon dioxide, sodium polyacrylate, tetra alkyl ammonium smectites, trialkyl aryl ammonium smectites, chemically-modified magnesium aluminum silicate, organically-modified Montmorillonite clay, hydrated aluminum silicate, fumed silica, carboxyvinyl polymer, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethylene glycol monostearate, and combinations thereof.
  • the amount of powder(s) in a topical composition is typically 0% to 95%.
  • the amount of fragrance in a topical composition is typically about 0% to about 0.5%, particularly, about 0.001% to about 0.1%.
  • Suitable pH adjusting additives include HCl or NaOH in amounts sufficient to adjust the pH of a topical pharmaceutical composition.
  • the disclosed compounds and compositions may be used in methods for treatment of mGlu 2 related medical disorders and/or diseases.
  • the methods of treatment may comprise administering to a subject in need of such treatment a composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of formula (I).
  • compositions can be administered to a subject in need thereof to modulate mGlu 2 , for a variety of diverse biological processes.
  • the present disclosure is directed to methods for administering the composition to inhibit mGlu 2 , a GPCR that plays a role in synaptic plasticity, which directly effects cognitive function and memory, for example.
  • compositions may be useful for treating and preventing certain diseases and disorders in humans and animals related to mGlu 2 dysfunction. Treatment or prevention of such diseases and disorders can be effected by modulating mGlu 2 in a subject, by administering a compound or composition of the invention, either alone or in combination with another active agent as part of a therapeutic regimen to a subject in need thereof.
  • MGS0039 and LY341495 Antidepressant-like effects of the mGlu 2/3 receptor antagonists, MGS0039 and LY341495, were first demonstrated in the rat forced swim test (FST) and mouse tail-suspension test (TST) using normal animals (Chaki et al. Neuropharmacology, 2004, 46, 457-467). More recently, studies have attempted to evaluate the effects of these drugs in paradigms implicated in the etiology of human depression. MGS0039 exhibited antidepressant effects in the learned helplessness test where treatment with MGS0039 for 7 days significantly reduced the number of escape failures (Yoshimizu et al. Psychopharmacology, 2006, 186, 587-593).
  • OB olfactory bulbectomy
  • a surgical lesion of the olfactory bulbs in animals is known to induce significant behavioral, physiological, endocrine and immune changes, many of which are qualitatively similar to those observed in depressive patients.
  • Repeated administration of MGS0039 for 14 days attenuated the hyperactivity of olfactory bulbectomized rats in the open field test and attenuated the learning deficit in the passive avoidance test.
  • RO4491533 was shown to engage the central mGlu 2 and mGlu 3 receptors as the compound reversed the hypolocomotor effect of an mGlu 2/3 agonist (LY379268) in a target-specific manner.
  • the known group II mGlu 2/3 antagonist LY341495 achieved the same result.
  • RO4491533 and LY341495 dose-dependently reduced immobility time of C57B16/J mice in the FST.
  • RO4491533 and LY341495 were also active in the tail suspension test in a line of Helpless (H) mice, a putative genetic model of depression.
  • Blockade of mGlu 2/3 receptors and ketamine may converge to the same neuronal circuits, which include activation of AMPA receptor and mTOR signaling. Because both AMPA receptor stimulation and subsequent mTOR signaling activation are presumed to be involved in rapid action of ketamine for patients with treatment-resistant depression (TRD), mGlu 2/3 receptor antagonists could exert the same effects in humans. This assumption is underpinned by several animal studies. First, the mGlu 2/3 receptor antagonist MGS0039 exhibited antidepressant effects in an animal model (the learned helplessness paradigm) which is refractory to currently prescribed antidepressants (Yoshimizu et al. Psychopharmacology, 2006, 186, 587-593).
  • an AMPA receptor potentiator (AMPA receptor potentiation mediates antidepressant effects of mGlu 2/3 receptor antagonists) showed faster effects (during the first week of treatment) compared to fluoxetine (after two weeks) in a dominant-submissive test (Knapp et al. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 2002, 440, 121-125).
  • LY341495 exhibited a potent antidepressant effect in helpless mice following acute administration, while fluoxetine exerted a full antidepressant effect following chronic (21 days) treatment (Campo, B. et al. J. Neurogenetics 2011, 25, 152-166; El Yacoubi et al. PNAS, 2003, 100, 6227-6232). Therefore, blockade of mGlu 2/3 receptors may show rapid and potent antidepressant effects in humans.
  • BCI-838 delivered a sufficient brain concentration of its active metabolite BCI-632 to inhibit group II mGlu receptors for 22 hours.
  • BCI-838 Three months of treatment with BCI-838 provided anxiolytic effects, reversed Dutch APP transgene-associated learning and memory impairment, and decreased the levels of monomeric and oA ⁇ peptides in the hippocampus and cortex of the two different AD mouse models.
  • BCI-838 administration stimulated hippocampal progenitor cell proliferation in both wild-type and Alzheimer's diseased mice for 3 months, which resulted in significantly increased numbers of newborn neurons in the hippocampi of Dutch APP transgenic mice.
  • the proneurogenic properties make the compound attractive for potential use in reversing some of the early symptoms of Alzheimer's disease (AD), possibly through reparative effects of the newborn neurons.
  • MGS0039 a potent antagonist of group II mGlu receptors (mGlu 2 and mGlu 3 ), by use of a conditioned fear stress (CFS) model, which represents emotional abnormality, including anxiety.
  • CFS conditioned fear stress
  • the CFS model reflects psychological stress without physical stimuli, and is useful in predicting the clinical efficacy of anxiolytic drugs.
  • MGS0039 significantly decreased freezing behavior, as did diazepam and fluvoxamine, indicating the anxiolytic-like potential of MGS0039.
  • mGlu 2/3 receptors inhibit neurotransmitter release as autoreceptors located on glutamatergic terminals and treatment with mGlu 2/3 antagonists such as MGS0039 in vivo led to an increase in extracellular glutamate. Therefore, the moderate elevation of glutamate levels in specific areas of the brain by MGS0039 may cause the anxiolytic-like effects seen in the CFS model. These results suggest that the blockade of mGlu 2/3 with MGS0039 may be effective in the treatment of anxiety disorders.
  • Methods of treatment may include any number of modes of administering a disclosed composition.
  • Modes of administration may include tablets, pills, dragees, hard and soft gel capsules, granules, pellets, aqueous, lipid, oily or other solutions, emulsions such as oil-in-water emulsions, liposomes, aqueous or oily suspensions, syrups, elixirs, solid emulsions, solid dispersions or dispersible powders.
  • the agent may be admixed with commonly known and used adjuvants and excipients such as for example, gum arabic, talcum, starch, sugars (such as, e.g., mannitose, methyl cellulose, lactose), gelatin, surface-active agents, magnesium stearate, aqueous or non-aqueous solvents, paraffin derivatives, cross-linking agents, dispersants, emulsifiers, lubricants, conserving agents, flavoring agents (e.g., ethereal oils), solubility enhancers (e.g., benzyl benzoate or benzyl alcohol) or bioavailability enhancers (e.g. GelucireTM).
  • the agent may also be dispersed in a microparticle, e.g. a nanoparticulate composition.
  • the agent can be dissolved or suspended in a physiologically acceptable diluent, such as, e.g., water, buffer, oils with or without solubilizers, surface-active agents, dispersants or emulsifiers.
  • a physiologically acceptable diluent such as, e.g., water, buffer, oils with or without solubilizers, surface-active agents, dispersants or emulsifiers.
  • oils for example and without limitation, olive oil, peanut oil, cottonseed oil, soybean oil, castor oil and sesame oil may be used.
  • the agent can be in the form of an aqueous, lipid, oily or other kind of solution or suspension or even administered in the form of liposomes or nano-suspensions.
  • parenterally refers to modes of administration which include intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intrasternal, subcutaneous and intraarticular injection and infusion.
  • Additional therapeutic agent(s) may be administered simultaneously or sequentially with the disclosed compounds and compositions. Sequential administration includes administration before or after the disclosed compounds and compositions. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent or agents may be administered in the same composition as the disclosed compounds. In other embodiments, there may be an interval of time between administration of the additional therapeutic agent and the disclosed compounds. In some embodiments, administration of an additional therapeutic agent with a disclosed compound may allow lower doses of the other therapeutic agents and/or administration at less frequent intervals. When used in combination with one or more other active ingredients, the compounds of the present invention and the other active ingredients may be used in lower doses than when each is used singly. Accordingly, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include those that contain one or more other active ingredients, in addition to a compound of Formula (I).
  • the above combinations include combinations of a compound of the present invention not only with one other active compound, but also with two or more other active compounds.
  • the compound of Formula (I) can be combined with a variety of antidepressants, Alzheimer's disease medications, and anxiolytics.
  • the compound of Formula (I) can be combined with the following antidepressants, but not limited to: Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) such as citalopram, dapoxetine, escitalopram, fluoxetine, fluvoxamine, indalpine, paroxetine, sertraline, and zimelidine; Serotoninnorepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs) such as venlafaxine, desvenlafaxine, duloxetine, milnacipran, levomilnacipran, and sibutramine; Noradrenergic and specific serotonergic antidepressants (NaSSAs) or tetracyclic antidepressants (TeCAs) such as aptazapine, esmirtazapine, mianserin, mirtazapine, and setiptiline; Serotonin antagonist and reuptake inhibitors (SARIs) such as etoperidone, lor
  • the compound of Formula (I) can be combined with the following Alzheimer's disease medications, but not limited to: Acetylcholinesterase inhibitors such as tacrine, rivastigmine, galantamine, donepezil, edrophonium, physostigmine, pyridostigmine, ambenonium, rivastigmine, ladostigil, and ungeremine; and NMDA receptor antagonists such as memantine, amantadine, delucemine, and ketamine.
  • Acetylcholinesterase inhibitors such as tacrine, rivastigmine, galantamine, donepezil, edrophonium, physostigmine, pyridostigmine, ambenonium, rivastigmine, ladostigil, and ungeremine
  • NMDA receptor antagonists such as memantine, amantadine, delucemine, and ketamine.
  • the compound of Formula (I) can be combined with the following anxiolytics, but not limited to: buspirone, tandosprione, gepirone, adaptol, afobazole, hyroxyzine, validol, melatonin, and benzodiazepines such as alprazolam, chlordiazepoxide, clonazepam, diazepam, etizolam, lorazepam, oxazepam, and tofisopam.
  • anxiolytics but not limited to: buspirone, tandosprione, gepirone, adaptol, afobazole, hyroxyzine, validol, melatonin, and benzodiazepines such as alprazolam, chlordiazepoxide, clonazepam, diazepam, etizolam, lorazepam, oxazep
  • kits comprising the compound [e.g., one or more compounds of formula (I)], a systemic or topical composition described above, or both; and information, instructions, or both that use of the kit will provide treatment for medical conditions in mammals (particularly humans).
  • the information and instructions may be in the form of words, pictures, or both, and the like.
  • the kit may include the medicament, a composition, or both; and information, instructions, or both, regarding methods of application of medicament, or of composition, preferably with the benefit of treating or preventing medical conditions in mammals (e.g., humans).
  • Examples 1-12 below give representative experimental procedures for the syntheses of intermediates useful for the synthesis of compounds of formula (I).
  • Examples 13-18 give representative experimental procedures for completion of the syntheses of compounds of formula (I).
  • Example 19 reports the biological activity of compounds of formula (I).
  • Reversed-phase LCMS analysis was performed using an Agilent 1200 system comprised of a binary pump with degasser, high-performance autosampler, thermostatted column compartment, C18 column, diode-array detector (DAD) and an Agilent 6150 MSD with the following parameters.
  • the gradient conditions were 5% to 95% acetonitrile with the aqueous phase 0.1% TFA in water over 1.4 minutes.
  • Samples were separated on a Waters Acquity UPLC BEH C18 column (1.7 ⁇ m, 1.0 ⁇ 50 mm) at 0.5 mL/min, with column and solvent temperatures maintained at 55° C.
  • the DAD was set to scan from 190 to 300 nm, and the signals used were 220 nm and 254 nm (both with a band width of 4 nm).
  • the MS detector was configured with an electrospray ionization source, and the low-resolution mass spectra were acquired by scanning from 140 to 700 AMU with a step size of 0.2 AMU at 0.13 cycles/second, and peak width of 0.008 minutes.
  • the drying gas flow was set to 13 liters per minute at 300° C. and the nebulizer pressure was set to 30 psi.
  • the capillary needle voltage was set at 3000 V, and the fragmentor voltage was set at 100V. Data acquisition was performed with Agilent Chemstation and Analytical Studio Reviewer software.
  • Ethyl 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-formyl-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylate (H) was prepared from compound D via a method analogous to that described in Example 3. After stirring for two hours, a solution of compound H (10 mg, 0.030 mmol), morpholine (3.1 ⁇ L, 0.035 mmol), and acetic acid (4.2 ⁇ L, 0.074 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was treated with sodium triacetoxyborohydride (9.4 mg, 0.044 mmol). After stirring 16 hours, the reaction was concentrated to dryness to give 12 mg (99%) of the title compound that was used without further purification. ES-MS [M+1] + : 411.3.
  • Ethyl 7-fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(methyl(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylate (U) was prepared from 5-bromo-2,4-difluorobenzoyl chloride via a method analogous to that described in Examples 1 and 9.
  • Compound U 27 mg, 0.060 mmol, 1.0 eq
  • 1,4-dioxane 0.5 mL
  • 1N sodium hydroxide (0.12 mL, 0.12 mmol, 2.0 eq
  • G ⁇ 15 HEK293 cells stably expressing rat mGlu 2 were plated in black-walled, clear-bottomed, poly-D-lysine coated 384-well plates in 20 ⁇ L of assay medium (DMEM containing 10% dialyzed FBS, 20 mM HEPES, and 1 mM sodium pyruvate) at a density of 12K cells/well. The cells were grown overnight at 37° C. in the presence of 5% CO 2 .
  • assay medium DMEM containing 10% dialyzed FBS, 20 mM HEPES, and 1 mM sodium pyruvate
  • Ca 2+ flux was measured using the Functional Drug Screening System (FDSS7000, Hamamatsu, Japan). After establishment of a fluorescence baseline for about 3 seconds, the compounds of the present invention were added to the cells, and the response in cells was measured. 2.3 minutes later an EC 20 concentration of the mGlu 2 receptor agonist glutamate was added to the cells, and the response of the cells was measured for 1.9 minutes; an EC 80 concentration of agonist was added and readings taken for an additional 1.7 minutes. All test compounds were dissolved and diluted to a concentration of 10 mM in 100% DMSO. Compounds were then serially diluted 1:3 in DMSO into 10 point concentration response curves, transferred to daughter plates, and further diluted into assay buffer to a 2 ⁇ stock.
  • FDSS7000 Functional Drug Screening System
  • the raw data file containing all time points was used as the data source in the analysis template. This was saved by the FDSS as a tab-delimited text file. Data were normalized using a static ratio function (F/F 0 ) for each measurement of the total 360 values per well divided by each well's initial value. Data were then reduced to peak amplitudes (Max Initial Min) using a time range that starts approximately 3 seconds prior to the glutamate EC 80 addition and continues for approximately 90 seconds. This is sufficient time to capture the peak amplitude of the cellular calcium response. Individual amplitudes were expressed as % EC Max by multiplying each amplitude by 100 and then dividing the product by the mean of the amplitudes derived from the glutamate EC Max -treated wells.
  • F/F 0 static ratio function
  • IC 50 values for test compounds were generated by fitting the normalized values versus the log of the test compound concentration (in mol/L) using a 4 parameter logistic equation where none of the parameters were fixed. Each of the three values collected at each concentration of test compound were weighted evenly.
  • a compound was designated as a negative allosteric modulator (NAM) if the compound showed a concentration-dependent decrease in the glutamate EC 80 addition.
  • NAAM negative allosteric modulator
  • potency IC 50
  • maximum response % Glu Max
  • IC 50 potency
  • % Glu Max maximum response
  • % Glu Max maximum response
  • % Glu Max the average of the maximum response at a single concentration (30 ⁇ M) was determined
  • potencies were reported as “>10,000 nM”.
  • Compounds with no measurable activity are designated as “>30,000 nM” since the top concentration of compound tested in the assay is 30 ⁇ M.
  • Table 1 The results of these assays are shown in Table 1.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Described are negative allosteric modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptor 2 (mGlu2), pharmaceutical compositions including the compounds, and methods of using the compounds and compositions for treating depression, anxiety, obsessive-compulsive disorder, cognitive disorders, Alzheimer's disease, or autism spectrum disorders in a subject.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION
  • This application is a non-provisional of and claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/107,821, filed Jan. 26, 2015, the entire content of which is incorporated herein by reference.
    • STATEMENT OF GOVERNMENT INTEREST
  • This invention was made with government support under Grant number 5 U54 MH84659-06 awarded by the National Institute of Mental Health (NIMH). The government has certain rights in the invention.
    • TECHNICAL FIELD
  • The present disclosure relates to compounds, compositions, and methods for treating metabotropic glutamate receptor 2 related diseases and/or disorders, such as depression, anxiety, obsessive-compulsive disorder, cognitive disorders, Alzheimer's disease, and autism spectrum disorders.
    • BACKGROUND
  • Metabotropic glutamate (mGlu) receptors, a class of G-protein coupled receptor (GPCR) family C, have recently emerged as targets of potential therapeutic value. They bind glutamate, an amino acid that is the most prominent excitatory neurotransmitter in the human central nervous system (CNS). mGlus are known to activate biochemical cascades, leading to the modification of other proteins. For example, this can lead to changes in a synapse's excitability by presynaptic inhibition of neurotransmission, or modulation and even induction of postsynaptic responses.
  • Metabotropic glutamate receptor 2 (mGlu2) is one of eight mGlus that have been identified, and, along with mGlu3, is classified as a group II mGlu. Group II mGlus play an important role is synaptic plasticity, which directly effects cognitive function (including learning and memory), among other things. The effects of group II mGlus occur primarily presynaptically via their inhibition of glutamate release. These effects can also be due to the inhibition of non-vesicular glutamate release from glia. However, group II receptors are known to also reduce the activity of postsynaptic potentials, both excitatory and inhibitory, in the cortex.
  • Dysfunction of mGlu2 has been implicated in many diseases and/or disorders. Hence, targeting mGlu2 activity has been the subject of much investigation. Several reports have highlighted its link to a variety of diseases, such as depression, anxiety, obsessive-compulsive disorder, cognitive disorders, Alzheimer's disease, and autism spectrum disorders. Accordingly, there exists a need for selective modulators of mGlu2.
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • In one aspect, disclosed are compounds of formula (I),
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00001
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
  • R1 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or cycloalkyl;
  • R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy;
  • R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A;
  • p is 0-2;
  • q is 0-2;
  • X, Y, and Z are each independently selected from a bond, CR8eR8f, O, S, —C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —C(O)—O—, —O—C(O)—NR10—, —C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—C(O)—, —NR10—C(O)—O—, —NR10—C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—SO2—, and —SO2—;
      • R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C1-C7 haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle;
  • R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy;
  • R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl;
  • A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle;
  • A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and
  • R4 is —CONH2 or cyano;
  • wherein said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycle, at each occurrence, are independently substituted or unsubstituted.
  • Also disclosed are pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds, methods of making the compounds, and methods of using the compounds for treatment of metabotropic glutamate receptor 2 related diseases and/or disorders.
    • DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • Disclosed herein are negative allosteric modulators (NAMs) of mGlu2. The modulators can have formula (I). Compounds of formula (I) may exhibit selectivity for mGlu2 over other mGlu receptors. Compounds of formula (I) can be used to treat or prevent diseases and disorders associated with mGlu2 by modulating mGlu2 activity. mGlu2 has been implicated in a number of different diseases and disorders including, but not limited to, depression, anxiety, obsessive-compulsive disorder, cognitive disorders, Alzheimer's disease, and autism spectrum disorders.
  • Since the orthosteric binding sites of the mGlu isoforms are highly conserved, very few selective modulators of the mGlus that bind at the orthosteric site have been identified. One strategy to selectively bind and modulate the mGlus includes identifying allosteric sites which may be amenable to modulation by a small molecule. In particular, negative allosteric modulation of mGlu2 can result in inhibition of processes governed by mGlu2 and provide therapeutic benefits for disorders caused by mGlu2 dysfunction.
    • 1. DEFINITIONS
  • Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art. In case of conflict, the present document, including definitions, will control. Preferred methods and materials are described below, although methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in practice or testing of the present invention. All publications, patent applications, patents and other references mentioned herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety. The materials, methods, and examples disclosed herein are illustrative only and not intended to be limiting.
  • The terms “comprise(s),” “include(s),” “having,” “has,” “can,” “contain(s),” and variants thereof, as used herein, are intended to be open-ended transitional phrases, terms, or words that do not preclude the possibility of additional acts or structures. The singular forms “a,” “an” and “the” include plural references unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. The present disclosure also contemplates other embodiments “comprising,” “consisting of” and “consisting essentially of,” the embodiments or elements presented herein, whether explicitly set forth or not.
  • The modifier “about” used in connection with a quantity is inclusive of the stated value and has the meaning dictated by the context (for example, it includes at least the degree of error associated with the measurement of the particular quantity). The modifier “about” should also be considered as disclosing the range defined by the absolute values of the two endpoints. For example, the expression “from about 2 to about 4” also discloses the range “from 2 to 4.” The term “about” may refer to plus or minus 10% of the indicated number. For example, “about 10%” may indicate a range of 9% to 11%, and “about 1” may mean from 0.9-1.1. Other meanings of “about” may be apparent from the context, such as rounding off, so, for example “about 1” may also mean from 0.5 to 1.4.
  • Definitions of specific functional groups and chemical terms are described in more detail below. For purposes of this disclosure, the chemical elements are identified in accordance with the Periodic Table of the Elements, CAS version, Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 75th Ed., inside cover, and specific functional groups are generally defined as described therein. Additionally, general principles of organic chemistry, as well as specific functional moieties and reactivity, are described in Organic Chemistry, Thomas Sorrell, University Science Books, Sausalito, 1999; Smith and March March's Advanced Organic Chemistry, 5th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 2001; Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations, VCH Publishers, Inc., New York, 1989; Carruthers, Some Modern Methods of Organic Synthesis, 3rd Edition, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1987; the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • The term “alkoxy” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen atom. Representative examples of alkoxy include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 2-propoxy, butoxy and tert-butoxy.
  • The term “alkyl” as used herein, means a straight or branched, saturated hydrocarbon chain containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The term “lower alkyl” or “C1-C6-alkyl” means a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The term “C1-C3-alkyl” means a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon containing from 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Representative examples of alkyl include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, 3-methylhexyl, 2,2-dimethylpentyl, 2,3-dimethylpentyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl, and n-decyl.
  • The term “alkoxyalkyl” as used herein, refers to an alkoxy group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined herein.
  • The term “alkylene”, as used herein, refers to a divalent group derived from a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, for example, of 2 to 5 carbon atoms. Representative examples of alkylene include, but are not limited to, —CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2CH2—, and CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2—.
  • The term “aryl” as used herein, refers to a phenyl group, or a bicyclic fused ring system. Bicyclic fused ring systems are exemplified by a phenyl group appended to the parent molecular moiety and fused to a cycloalkyl group, as defined herein, a phenyl group, a heteroaryl group, as defined herein, or a heterocycle, as defined herein. Representative examples of aryl include, but are not limited to, indolyl, naphthyl, phenyl, quinolinyl and tetrahydroquinolinyl.
  • The term “cycloalkyl” as used herein, refers to a carbocyclic ring system containing three to ten carbon atoms, zero heteroatoms and zero double bonds. Representative examples of cycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl and cyclodecyl.
  • The term “cycloalkenyl” as used herein, means a non-aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and preferably having from 5-10 carbon atoms per ring. Exemplary monocyclic cycloalkenyl rings include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl or cycloheptenyl.
  • The term “fluoroalkyl” as used herein, means an alkyl group, as defined herein, in which one, two, three, four, five, six, seven or eight hydrogen atoms are replaced by fluorine. Representative examples of fluoroalkyl include, but are not limited to, 2-fluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, and trifluoropropyl such as 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl.
  • The term “alkoxyfluoroalkyl” as used herein, refers to an alkoxy group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a fluoroalkyl group, as defined herein.
  • The term “fluoroalkoxy” as used herein, means at least one fluoroalkyl group, as defined herein, is appended to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen atom. Representative examples of fluoroalkyloxy include, but are not limited to, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy and 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy.
  • The term “halogen” or “halo” as used herein, means Cl, Br, I, or F.
  • The term “haloalkyl” as used herein, means an alkyl group, as defined herein, in which one, two, three, four, five, six, seven or eight hydrogen atoms are replaced by a halogen.
  • The term “haloalkoxy” as used herein, means at least one haloalkyl group, as defined herein, is appended to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen atom.
  • The term “heteroalkyl” as used herein, means an alkyl group, as defined herein, in which one or more of the carbon atoms has been replaced by a heteroatom selected from S, O, P and N. Representative examples of heteroalkyls include, but are not limited to, alkyl ethers, secondary and tertiary alkyl amines, amides, and alkyl sulfides.
  • The term “heteroaryl” as used herein, refers to an aromatic monocyclic ring or an aromatic bicyclic ring system. The aromatic monocyclic rings are five or six membered rings containing at least one heteroatom independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S (e.g. 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N). The five membered aromatic monocyclic rings have two double bonds and the six membered six membered aromatic monocyclic rings have three double bonds. The bicyclic heteroaryl groups are exemplified by a monocyclic heteroaryl ring appended to the parent molecular moiety and fused to a monocyclic cycloalkyl group, as defined herein, a monocyclic aryl group, as defined herein, a monocyclic heteroaryl group, as defined herein, or a monocyclic heterocycle, as defined herein. Representative examples of heteroaryl include, but are not limited to, indolyl, pyridinyl (including pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4-yl), pyrimidinyl, thiazolyl, and quinolinyl.
  • The term “heterocycle” or “heterocyclic” as used herein, means a monocyclic heterocycle, a bicyclic heterocycle, or a tricyclic heterocycle. The monocyclic heterocycle is a three-, four-, five-, six-, seven-, or eight-membered ring containing at least one heteroatom independently selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S. The three- or four-membered ring contains zero or one double bond, and one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S. The five-membered ring contains zero or one double bond and one, two or three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N and S. The six-membered ring contains zero, one or two double bonds and one, two, or three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S. The seven- and eight-membered rings contains zero, one, two, or three double bonds and one, two, or three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S. Representative examples of monocyclic heterocycles include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, azepanyl, aziridinyl, diazepanyl, 1,3-dioxanyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 1,3-dithiolanyl, 1,3-dithianyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, oxadiazolinyl, oxadiazolidinyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, oxetanyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyranyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, tetrahydrothienyl, thiadiazolinyl, thiadiazolidinyl, 1,2-thiazinanyl, 1,3-thiazinanyl, thiazolinyl, thiazolidinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1,1-dioxidothiomorpholinyl (thiomorpholine sulfone), thiopyranyl, and trithianyl. The bicyclic heterocycle is a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a phenyl group, or a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic cycloalkyl, or a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, or a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic heterocycle, or a spiro heterocycle group, or a bridged monocyclic heterocycle ring system in which two non-adjacent atoms of the ring are linked by an alkylene bridge of 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon atoms, or an alkenylene bridge of two, three, or four carbon atoms. Representative examples of bicyclic heterocycles include, but are not limited to, benzopyranyl, benzothiopyranyl, chromanyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydroisoquinoline, 2-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-2-yl, azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl (including 2-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl), 2,3-dihydro-1H-indolyl, isoindolinyl, octahydrocyclopenta[c]pyrrolyl, octahydropyrrolopyridinyl, and tetrahydroisoquinolinyl. Tricyclic heterocycles are exemplified by a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a phenyl group, or a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic cycloalkyl, or a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic cycloalkenyl, or a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic heterocycle, or a bicyclic heterocycle in which two non-adjacent atoms of the bicyclic ring are linked by an alkylene bridge of 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon atoms, or an alkenylene bridge of two, three, or four carbon atoms. Examples of tricyclic heterocycles include, but are not limited to, octahydro-2,5-epoxypentalene, hexahydro-2H-2,5-methanocyclopenta[b]furan, hexahydro-1H-1,4-methanocyclopenta[c]furan, aza-adamantane (1-azatricyclo[3.3.1.13,7]decane), and oxa-adamantane (2-oxatricyclo[3.3.1.13,7]decane). The monocyclic, bicyclic, and tricyclic heterocycles are connected to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or any nitrogen atom contained within the rings, and can be unsubstituted or substituted.
  • The term “hydroxyl” or “hydroxy” as used herein, means an —OH group.
  • In some instances, the number of carbon atoms in a hydrocarbyl substituent (e.g., alkyl or cycloalkyl) is indicated by the prefix “Cx-Cy-”, wherein x is the minimum and y is the maximum number of carbon atoms in the substituent. Thus, for example, “C1-C3-alkyl” refers to an alkyl substituent containing from 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • The term “substituents” refers to a group “substituted” on an aryl, heteroaryl, phenyl or pyridinyl group at any atom of that group. Any atom can be substituted.
  • The term “substituted” refers to a group that may be further substituted with one or more non-hydrogen substituent groups Substituent groups include, but are not limited to, halogen, ═O, ═S, cyano, nitro, fluoroalkyl, alkoxyfluoroalkyl, fluoroalkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxy alkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkylene, aryloxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, amino, alkylamino, acylamino, aminoalkyl, arylamino, sulfonyl amino, sulfinylamino, sulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, aryl sulfonyl, aminosulfonyl, sulfinyl —COOH, ketone, amide, carbamate, and acyl.
  • For compounds described herein, groups and substituents thereof may be selected in accordance with permitted valence of the atoms and the substituents, such that the selections and substitutions result in a stable compound, e.g., which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc.
  • For the recitation of numeric ranges herein, each intervening number there between with the same degree of precision is explicitly contemplated. For example, for the range of 6-9, the numbers 7 and 8 are contemplated in addition to 6 and 9, and for the range 6.0-7.0, the number 6.0, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, and 7.0 are explicitly contemplated.
    • 2. COMPOUNDS
  • In one aspect, disclosed is a compound of formula (I):
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00002
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or cycloalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X, Y, and Z are each independently selected from a bond, CR8eR8f, O, S, —C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —C(O)—O—, —O—C(O)—NR10—, —C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—C(O)—, —NR10—C(O)—O—, —NR10—C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—SO2—; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C1-C7 haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2 or cyano; wherein said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycle, at each occurrence, are independently substituted or unsubstituted.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or cycloalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; q is 0-2; X, Y, and Z are each independently selected from a bond, CR8eR8f, O, S, NR10, —C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —C(O)—O—, —O—C(O)—NR10—, —C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—C(O)—, —NR10—C(O)—O—, —NR10—C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—SO2—, and —SO2—; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C1-C7 haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2 or cyano; wherein said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycle, at each occurrence, are each independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 functional groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, ═O, ═S, cyano, nitro, fluoroalkyl, alkoxyfluoroalkyl, fluoroalkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkylene, aryloxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, amino, alkylamino, acylamino, aminoalkyl, acylamino, sulfonylamino, sulfinylamino, sulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aminosulfonyl, sulfinyl, —COOH, ketone, amide, carbamate, and acyl.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl or heteroaryl.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl or heteroaryl, substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 fluoroalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxyalkyl, cyclopropyl, fluorocyclopropyl, OR5, and NR6aR6b; wherein R5 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 fluoroalkyl; and R6a and R6b are each independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or C1-C6 heteroalkyl; or R6a and R6b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R6a and R6b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxyalkyl, and OR5; wherein R5 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, and C1-C3 alkoxyalkyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0-1 substituents selected from C1-C3 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is isothiazolyl substituted with 0-1 substituents selected from C1-C3 alkyl.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is phenyl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro and methoxy.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is phenyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is pyridyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is isothiazolyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is thiazolyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is pyrazolyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is imidazolyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is pyrrolyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is thienyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is furanyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is benzofuranyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is benzothienyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is indolyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is naphthyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is quinolinyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is tetrahydroquinolinyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is pyrimidinyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is pyridazinyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is pyrazinyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is oxazolyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is isoxazolyl.
  • In certain embodiments, R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro. In certain embodiments, R2a, R2b, and R2c are each hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R2a and R2b are hydrogen, and R2c is fluoro. In certain embodiments, R2a is hydrogen, and R2b and R2c are each independently hydrogen or fluoro.
  • In certain embodiments, R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycle; and A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle.
  • In certain embodiments, R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b) or —X—(CR8aR8b)p(CR8cR8a)q—Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; and A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycle.
  • In certain embodiments, R3 is
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00003
    Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00004
  • wherein X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R7a and R7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R9 groups are present in each R3; m is 0-3; n is 0-2; R10 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; A is an aryl group of 6-10 atoms, a heteroaryl group of 5-10 atoms, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, a heterocycle group of 4-10 atoms, or a spiro heterocycle group of 7-10 atoms; wherein A is substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, methyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, OR11, NR12aR12b, SO2R11, and COR11; wherein R11 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, and C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R12a and R12b are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and C1-C4 heteroalkyl; or R12a and R12b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R12a and R12b are each independently substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms.
  • In certain embodiments, R3 is
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00005
  • wherein X, Y, R7a, R7b, R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R9, m and A are as defined in any of the previous embodiments.
  • In certain embodiments, R3 is
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00006
  • wherein X is a bond, R8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R7a and R7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R9 groups are present in each R3; m is 0-3; n is 0-2; R10 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; A is an aryl group of 6-10 atoms, a heteroaryl group of 5-10 atoms, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, a heterocycle group of 4-10 atoms, or a spiro heterocycle group of 7-10 atoms; wherein A is substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, methyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, OR11, NR12aR12b, SO2R11, and COR11; wherein R11 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, and C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R12a and R12b are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and C1-C4 heteroalkyl; or R12a and R12b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R12a and R12b are each independently substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms.
  • In certain embodiments, R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), provided that when q=0, Z is not O, S, NR10, —C(O)—O—, —O—C(O)—NR10—, —C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—C(O)—O—, or —NR10—C(O)—NR10—.
  • In certain embodiments, R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), provided that when p=0, then Z and X do not form an O—O, N—N, O—N, or N—O bond.
  • In certain embodiments, R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cCR8d)q—Y-A provided that when q=0, Z and Y do not form an O—O, N—N, O—N, or N—O bond.
  • In certain embodiments, R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cCR8d)q—Y-A provided that when p=0, Z and X do not form an O—O, N—N, O—N, or N—O bond.
  • In certain embodiments, R3 is -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), provided that when p=0, X is not O, S, NR10, —C(O)—O—, —O—C(O)—NR10, —C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—C(O)—O—, or —NR10—C(O)—NR10—.
  • In certain embodiments, R3 is -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A provided that when p=0, X and Y do not form an O—O, N—N, O—N, or N—O bond.
  • In certain embodiments, A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle. In certain embodiments, A′ is cycloalkyl or heterocycle.
  • In certain embodiments, A′ is a monocyclic heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, A′ is a monocyclic heterocycle. In certain embodiments, A′ is bicyclic heterocycle. In certain embodiments, A′ is a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a phenyl group. In certain embodiments, A′ is a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic cycloalkenyl. In certain embodiments, A′ is a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic heterocycle. In certain embodiments, A′ is a spiro heterocycle. In certain embodiments, A′ is a bridged monocyclic heterocycle ring system. In certain embodiments, A′ is a tricyclic heterocycle. In certain embodiments, A′ is a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a phenyl group. In certain embodiments, A′ is a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, A′ is a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic cycloalkenyl. In certain embodiments, A′ is a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic heterocycle. In certain embodiments, A′ is a bicyclic heterocycle in which two non-adjacent atoms of the bicyclic ring are linked by an alkylene bridge. In certain embodiments, A′ is an aromatic monocyclic ring. In certain embodiments, A′ is an aromatic bicyclic ring system. In certain embodiments, A′ is a cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, A′ is unsubstituted. In certain embodiments, A′ is substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 functional groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, ═O, ═S, cyano, nitro, fluoroalkyl, alkoxyfluoroalkyl, fluoroalkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxy alkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkylene, aryloxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, amino, alkylamino, acylamino, aminoalkyl; arylamino, sulfonylamino, sulfinylamino, sulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aminosulfonyl, sulfinyl, —COOH, ketone, amide, carbamate, and acyl.
  • In certain embodiments, A is a monocyclic heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, A is a monocyclic heterocycle. In certain embodiments, A is bicyclic heterocycle. In certain embodiments, A is a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a phenyl group. In certain embodiments, A is a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic cycloalkenyl. In certain embodiments, A is a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic heterocycle. In certain embodiments, A is a spiro heterocycle. In certain embodiments, A is a bridged monocyclic heterocycle ring system. In certain embodiments, A is a tricyclic heterocycle. In certain embodiments, A is a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a phenyl group. In certain embodiments, A is a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, A is a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic cycloalkenyl. In certain embodiments, A is a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic heterocycle. In certain embodiments, A is a bicyclic heterocycle in which two non-adjacent atoms of the bicyclic ring are linked by an alkylene bridge. In certain embodiments, A is an aromatic monocyclic ring. In certain embodiments, A is an aromatic bicyclic ring system. In certain embodiments, A is a cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, A is unsubstituted. In certain embodiments, A is substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 functional groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, ═O, ═S, cyano, nitro, fluoroalkyl, alkoxyfluoroalkyl, fluoroalkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkylene, aryloxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, amino, alkylamino, acylamino, aminoalkyl, arylamino, sulfonylamino, sulfinylamino, sulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aminosulfonyl, sulfonyl, —COOH, ketone, amide, carbamate, and acyl.
  • In certain embodiments, R3 is a monocyclic heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R3 is a monocyclic heterocycle. In certain embodiments, R3 is bicyclic heterocycle. In certain embodiments, R3 is a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a phenyl group. In certain embodiments, R3 is a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic cycloalkenyl. In certain embodiments, R3 is a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic heterocycle. In certain embodiments, R3 is a spiro heterocycle. In certain embodiments, R3 is a bridged monocyclic heterocycle ring system. In certain embodiments, R3 is a tricyclic heterocycle. In certain embodiments, R3 is a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a phenyl group. In certain embodiments, R3 is a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, R3 is a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic cycloalkenyl. In certain embodiments, R3 is a bicyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic heterocycle. In certain embodiments, R3 is a bicyclic heterocycle in which two non-adjacent atoms of the bicyclic ring are linked by an alkylene bridge. In certain embodiments, R3 is an aromatic monocyclic ring. In certain embodiments, R3 is an aromatic bicyclic ring system. In certain embodiments, R3 is unsubstituted. In certain embodiments, R3 is substituted with 1-7 functional groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, ═O, ═S, cyano, nitro, fluoroalkyl, alkoxyfluoroalkyl, fluoroalkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkylene, aryloxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, amino, alkylamino, acylamino, aminoalkyl, arylamino, sulfonylamino, sulfinylamino, sulfonyl, alkyl sulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aminosulfonyl, sulfinyl, —COOH, ketone, amide, carbamate, and acyl.
  • In certain embodiments, R3 is
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00007
  • wherein X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C3 alkyl and C3-C5 cycloalkyl, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f are each independently selected from hydrogen and methyl; R9 at each occurrence is independently selected from pyridyl and morpholinyl; wherein 0-1 R9 groups are present in each R3; m is 0-1; R10 is hydrogen or C1-C3 alkyl; A is pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrazolinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, piperazinyl, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholinyl, 1,1-dioxo-1,4-thiazepanyl, 1,4-diazepanyl, 1,4-thiazepanyl, 1,4-oxazepanyl, azepanyl, 2-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-2-yl, decahydroquinolyl; wherein A is substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, methyl, —CH2CF3, methoxy, SO2Me, acyl, and cyclopropyl.
  • In certain embodiments, R4 is —CONH2. In certain embodiments, R4 is cyano.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or cycloalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X, Y, and Z are each independently selected from a bond, CR8eR8f, O, S, NR10, —C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —C(O)—O—, —O—C(O)—NR10—, —C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—C(O)—, —NR10—C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—SO2—, and —SO2—; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C1-C7 haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl or heteroaryl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X, Y, and Z are each independently selected from a bond, CR8eR8f, O, S, NR10, —C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —C(O)—O—, —O—C(O)—NR10—, —C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—C(O)—, —NR10—C(O)—O—, —NR10—C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—SO2—, and —SO2—; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C1-C7 haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl or heteroaryl, substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 fluoroalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxyalkyl, cyclopropyl, fluorocyclopropyl, OR5, and NR6aR6b; wherein R5 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 fluoroalkyl; and R6a and R6b are each independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or C1-C6 heteroalkyl; or R6a and R6b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R6a and R6b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X, Y, and Z are each independently selected from a bond, CR8eR8f, O, S, NR10, —C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —C(O)—O—, —O—C(O)—NR10—, —C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—C(O)—, —NR10—C(O)—O—, —NR10—C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—SO2—, and —SO2—; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C1-C7 haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxyalkyl, and OR5; wherein R5 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X, Y, and Z are each independently selected from a bond, CR8eR8f, O, S, —C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —C(O)—O—, —O—C(O)—NR10—, —C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—C(O)—, —NR10—C(O)—O—, —NR10—C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—SO2—, and —SO2—; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C1-C7 haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, and C1-C3 alkoxyalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X, Y, and Z are each independently selected from a bond, CR8eR8f, O, S, NR10, —C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —C(O)—O—, —O—C(O)—NR10—, —C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—C(O)—, —NR10—C(O)—O—, —NR10—C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—SO2—, and —SO2—; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C1-C7 haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or cycloalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X, Y, and Z are each independently selected from a bond, CR8eR8f, O, S, NR10, —C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —C(O)—O—, —O—C(O)—NR10—, —C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—C(O)—, —NR10—C(O)—O—, —NR10—C(O)—NR10—, —NR10SO2—, and —SO2—; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C1-C7 haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl or heteroaryl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X, Y, and Z are each independently selected from a bond, CR8eR8f, O, S, NR10, —C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —C(O)—O—, —O—C(O)—NR10—, —C(O)—NR10—C(O)—, —NR10—C(O)—, —NR10—C(O)—O—, —NR10—C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—SO2—, and —SO2—; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C1-C7 haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl or heteroaryl, substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 fluoroalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxyalkyl, cyclopropyl, fluorocyclopropyl, OR5, and NR6aR6b; wherein R5 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 fluoroalkyl; and R6a and R6b are each independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or C1-C6 heteroalkyl; or R6a and R6b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R6a and R6b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X, Y, and Z are each independently selected from a bond, CR8eR8f, O, S, NR10, —C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —C(O)—O—, —O—C(O)—NR10—, —C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—C(O)—, —NR10—C(O)—O—, —NR10—C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—SO2—, and —SO2—; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C1-C7 haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxyalkyl, and OR5; wherein R5 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X, Y, and Z are each independently selected from a bond, CR8eR8f, O, S, NR10, —C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —C(O)—O—, —O—C(O)—NR10—, —C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—C(O)—, —NR10—C(O)—O—, NR10—, —NR10—SO2—, and —SO2—; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C1-C7 haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, and C1-C3 alkoxyalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X, Y, and Z are each independently selected from a bond, CR8eR8f, O, S, NR10, —C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —C(O)—O—, —O—C(O)—NR10—, —C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—C(O)—, —NR10—C(O)—O—, —NR10—C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—SO2—, and —SO2—; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C1-C7 haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R18f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2 or cyano.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or cycloalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each hydrogen; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X, Y, and Z are each independently selected from a bond, CR8eR8f, O, S, NR10, —C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —C(O)—O—, —O—C(O)—NR10—, —C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—C(O)—, —NR10—C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—SO2—, and —SO2—; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C1-C7 haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl or heteroaryl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each hydrogen; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X, Y, and Z are each independently selected from a bond, CR8eR8f, O, S, NR10, —C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —C(O)—O—, —O—C(O)—NR10—, —C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—C(O)—, —NR10—C(O)—O—, —NR10—C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—SO2—, and —SO2—; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C1-C7 haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach from a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl or heteroaryl, substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 fluoroalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxyalkyl, cyclopropyl, fluorocyclopropyl, OR5, and NR6aR6b; wherein R5 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 fluoroalkyl; and R6a and R6b are each independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or C1-C6 heteroalkyl; or R6a and R6b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R6a and R6b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each hydrogen; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X, Y, and Z are each independently selected from a bond, CR8eR8f, O, S, NR10, —C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —C(O)—O—, —O—C(O)—NR10—, —C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—C(O)—, —NR10—C(O)—O—, —NR10—C(O)NR10—, —NR10—SO2—, and —SO2—; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C1-C7 haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxyalkyl, and OR5; wherein R5 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each hydrogen; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X, Y, and Z are each independently selected from a bond, CR8eR8f, O, S, NR10, —C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —C(O)—O—, —O—C(O)—NR10—, —C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—C(O)—, —NR10—C(O)—O—, —NR10—C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—SO2—, and —SO2—; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C1-C7 haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, and C1-C3 alkoxyalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each hydrogen; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X, Y, and Z are each independently selected from a bond, CR8eR8f, O, S, NR10, —C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —C(O)—O—, —O—C(O)—NR10—, —C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—C(O)—, —NR10—C(O)—O—, —NR10—C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—SO2—, and —SO2—; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C1-C7 haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or cycloalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl or heteroaryl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl or heteroaryl, substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 fluoroalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxyalkyl, cyclopropyl, fluorocyclopropyl, OR5, and NR6aR6b; wherein R5 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 fluoroalkyl; and R6a and R6b are each independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or C1-C6 heteroalkyl; or R6a and R6b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R6a and R6b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxyalkyl, and OR5; wherein R5 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10, R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, and C1-C3 alkoxyalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or cycloalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each hydrogen; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl or heteroaryl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each hydrogen; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl or heteroaryl, substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 fluoroalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxyalkyl, cyclopropyl, fluorocyclopropyl, OR5, and NR6aR6b; wherein R5 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 fluoroalkyl; and R6a and R6b are each independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or C1-C6 heteroalkyl; or R6a and R6b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R6a and R6b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each hydrogen; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxyalkyl, and OR5; wherein R5 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each hydrogen; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N—(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10, R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, and C1-C3 alkoxyalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each hydrogen; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N—(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or cycloalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is cycloalkyl or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl or heteroaryl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10, R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is cycloalkyl or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl or heteroaryl, substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 fluoroalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxyalkyl, cyclopropyl, fluorocyclopropyl, OR5, and NR6aR6b; wherein R5 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 fluoroalkyl; and R6a and R6b are each independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or C1-C6 heteroalkyl; or R6a and R6b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R6a and R6b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is cycloalkyl or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxyalkyl, and OR5; wherein R5 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10, R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is cycloalkyl or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, and C1-C3 alkoxyalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)q—Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is cycloalkyl or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or cycloalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each hydrogen; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl or heteroaryl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each hydrogen; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is cycloalkyl or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl or heteroaryl, substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 fluoroalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxyalkyl, cyclopropyl, fluorocyclopropyl, OR5, and NR6aR6b; wherein R5 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 fluoroalkyl; and R6a and R6b are each independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or C1-C6 heteroalkyl; or R6a and R6b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R6a and R6b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each hydrogen; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is cycloalkyl or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxyalkyl, and OR5; wherein R5 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each hydrogen; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is cycloalkyl or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, and C1-C3 alkoxyalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each hydrogen; R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; wherein p is 0-2; q is 0-2; X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy; R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; A′ is cycloalkyl or heterocycle; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or cycloalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R3 is
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00008
    Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00009
  • wherein X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R7a and R7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; lea, R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R9 groups are present in each R3; m is 0-3; n is 0-2; R10 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; A is an aryl group of 6-10 atoms, a heteroaryl group of 5-10 atoms, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, a heterocycle group of 4-10 atoms, or a spiro heterocycle group of 7-10 atoms; wherein A is substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, methyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, OR11, NR12aR12b, SO2R11, and COR11; wherein R11 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, and C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R12a and R12b are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and C1-C4 heteroalkyl; or R12a and R12b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R12a and R12b are each independently substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl or heteroaryl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R3 is
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00010
    Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00011
  • wherein X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R7a and R7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R9 groups are present in each R3; m is 0-3; n is 0-2; R10 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; A is an aryl group of 6-10 atoms, a heteroaryl group of 5-10 atoms, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, a heterocycle group of 4-10 atoms, or a spiro heterocycle group of 7-10 atoms; wherein A is substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, methyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, OR11, NR12aR12b, SO2R11, and COR11; wherein R11 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, and C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R12a and R12b are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and C1-C4 heteroalkyl; or R12a and R12b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R12a and R12b are each independently substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl or heteroaryl, substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 fluoroalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxyalkyl, cyclopropyl, fluorocyclopropyl, OR5, and NR6aR6b; wherein R5 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 fluoroalkyl; and R6a and R6b are each independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or C1-C6 heteroalkyl; or R6a and R6b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R6a and R6b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R3 is
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00012
    Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00013
  • wherein X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R7a and R7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R9 groups are present in each R3; m is 0-3; n is 0-2; R10 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; A is an aryl group of 6-10 atoms, a heteroaryl group of 5-10 atoms, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, a heterocycle group of 4-10 atoms, or a spiro heterocycle group of 7-10 atoms; wherein A is substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, methyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, OR11, NR12aR12b, SO2R11, and COR11; wherein R11 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, and C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R12a and R12b are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and C1-C4 heteroalkyl; or R12a and R12b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R12a and R12b are each independently substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxyalkyl, and OR5; wherein R5 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R3 is
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00014
    Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00015
  • wherein X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R7a and R7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R9 groups are present in each R3; m is 0-3; n is 0-2; R10 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; A is an aryl group of 6-10 atoms, a heteroaryl group of 5-10 atoms, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, a heterocycle group of 4-10 atoms, or a spiro heterocycle group of 7-10 atoms; wherein A is substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, methyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, OR11, NR12aR12b, SO2R11, and COR11; wherein R11 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, and C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R12a and R12b are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and C1-C4 heteroalkyl; or R12a and R12b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R12a and R12b are each independently substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, and C1-C3 alkoxyalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R3 is
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00016
    Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00017
  • wherein X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R7a and R7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R9 groups are present in each R3; m is 0-3; n is 0-2; R10 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; A is an aryl group of 6-10 atoms, a heteroaryl group of 5-10 atoms, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, a heterocycle group of 4-10 atoms, or a spiro heterocycle group of 7-10 atoms; wherein A is substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, methyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, OR11, NR12aR12b, SO2R11, and COR11; wherein R11 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, and C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R12a and R12b are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and C1-C4 heteroalkyl; or R12a and R12b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R12a and R12b are each independently substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or cycloalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each hydrogen; R3 is
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00018
    Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00019
  • wherein X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, R8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R7a and R7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R9 groups are present in each R3; m is 0-3; n is 0-2; R10 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; A is an aryl group of 6-10 atoms, a heteroaryl group of 5-10 atoms, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, a heterocycle group of 4-10 atoms, or a spiro heterocycle group of 7-10 atoms; wherein A is substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, methyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, OR11, NR12aR12b, SO2R11, and COR11; wherein R11 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, and C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R12a and R12b are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and C1-C4 heteroalkyl; or R12a and R12b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R12a and R12b are each independently substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl or heteroaryl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each hydrogen; R3 is
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00020
    Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00021
  • wherein X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R7a and R7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R9 groups are present in each R3; m is 0-3; n is 0-2; R10 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; A is an aryl group of 6-10 atoms, a heteroaryl group of 5-10 atoms, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, a heterocycle group of 4-10 atoms, or a spiro heterocycle group of 7-10 atoms; wherein A is substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, methyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, OR11, NR12aR12b, SO2R11, and COR11; wherein R11 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, and C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R12a and R12b are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and C1-C4 heteroalkyl; or R12a and R12b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R12a and R12b are each independently substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl or heteroaryl, substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 fluoroalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxyalkyl, cyclopropyl, fluorocyclopropyl, OR5, and NR6aR6b; wherein R5 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 fluoroalkyl; and R6a and R6b are each independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or C1-C6 heteroalkyl; or R6a and R6b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R6a and R6b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each hydrogen; R3 is
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00022
    Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00023
  • wherein X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R7a and R7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R9 groups are present in each R3; m is 0-3; n is 0-2; R10 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; A is an aryl group of 6-10 atoms, a heteroaryl group of 5-10 atoms, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, a heterocycle group of 4-10 atoms, or a spiro heterocycle group of 7-10 atoms; wherein A is substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, methyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, OR11, NR12aR12b, SO2R11, and COR11; wherein R11 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, and C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R12a and R12b are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and C1-C4 heteroalkyl; or R12a and R12b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R12a and R12b are each independently substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxyalkyl, and OR5; wherein R5 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each hydrogen; R3 is
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00024
    Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00025
  • wherein X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R7a and R7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R9 groups are present in each R3; m is 0-3; n is 0-2; R10 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; A is an aryl group of 6-10 atoms, a heteroaryl group of 5-10 atoms, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, a heterocycle group of 4-10 atoms, or a spiro heterocycle group of 7-10 atoms; wherein A is substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, methyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, OR11, NR12aR12b, SO2R11, and COR11; wherein R11 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, and C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R12a and R12b are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and C1-C4 heteroalkyl; or R12a and R12b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R12a and R12b are each independently substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, and C1-C3 alkoxyalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each hydrogen; R3 is
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00026
    Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00027
  • wherein X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R7a and R7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R9 groups are present in each R3; m is 0-3; n is 0-2; R10 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; A is an aryl group of 6-10 atoms, a heteroaryl group of 5-10 atoms, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, a heterocycle group of 4-10 atoms, or a spiro heterocycle group of 7-10 atoms; wherein A is substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, methyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, OR11, NR12aR12b, SO2R11, and COR11; wherein R11 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, and C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R12a and R12b are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and C1-C4 heteroalkyl; or R12a and R12b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R12a and R12b are each independently substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or cycloalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R3 is
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00028
  • wherein X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R7a and R7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R9 groups are present in each R3; m is 0-3; R10 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; A is an aryl group of 6-10 atoms, a heteroaryl group of 5-10 atoms, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, a heterocycle group of 4-10 atoms, or a spiro heterocycle group of 7-10 atoms; wherein A is substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, methyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, OR11, NR12aR12b, SO2R11, and COR11; wherein is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, and C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R12a and R12b are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and C1-C4 heteroalkyl; or R12a and R12b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R12a and R12b are each independently substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl or heteroaryl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R3 is
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00029
  • wherein X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R7a and R7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; and R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R9 groups are present in each R3; R10 is 0-3; R10 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; A is an aryl group of 6-10 atoms, a heteroaryl group of 5-10 atoms, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, a heterocycle group of 4-10 atoms, or a spiro heterocycle group of 7-10 atoms; wherein A is substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, methyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, OR11, NR12aR12b, SO2R11, and COR11; wherein R11 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, and C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R12a and R12b are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and C1-C4 heteroalkyl; or R12a and R12b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R12a and R12b are each independently substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl or heteroaryl, substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 fluoroalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxyalkyl, cyclopropyl, fluorocyclopropyl, OR5, and NR6aR6b; R5 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 fluoroalkyl; and R6a and R6b are each independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or C1-C6 heteroalkyl; or R6a and R6b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R6a and R6b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R3 is
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00030
  • wherein X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R7a and R7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R9 groups are present in each R3; m is 0-3; R10 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; A is an aryl group of 6-10 atoms, a heteroaryl group of 5-10 atoms, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, a heterocycle group of 4-10 atoms, or a spiro heterocycle group of 7-10 atoms; wherein A is substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, methyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, OR11, NR12aR12b, SO2R11, and COR11; wherein R11 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, and C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R12a and R12b are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and C1-C4 heteroalkyl; or R12a and R12b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R12a and R12b are each independently substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxyalkyl, and OR5; wherein R5 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R3 is
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00031
  • wherein X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R7a and R7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R9 groups are present in each R3; m is 0-3; R10 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; A is an aryl group of 6-10 atoms, a heteroaryl group of 5-10 atoms, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, a heterocycle group of 4-10 atoms, or a spiro heterocycle group of 7-10 atoms; wherein A is substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, methyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, OR11, NR12aR12b, SO2R11, and COR11; wherein R11 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, and C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R12a and R12b are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and C1-C4 heteroalkyl; or R12a and R12b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R12a and R12b are each independently substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, and C1-C3 alkoxyalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro; R3 is
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00032
  • wherein X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10, R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R7a and R7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R9 groups are present in each R3; m is 0-3; R10 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; A is an aryl group of 6-10 atoms, a heteroaryl group of 5-10 atoms, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, a heterocycle group of 4-10 atoms, or a spiro heterocycle group of 7-10 atoms; wherein A is substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, methyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, OR11, NR12aR12b, SO2R11, and COR11; wherein R11 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, and C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R12a and R12b are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and C1-C4 heteroalkyl; or R12a and R12b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R12a and R12b are each independently substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or cycloalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each hydrogen; R3 is
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00033
  • wherein X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R7a and R7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R9 groups are present in each R3; m is 0-3; R10 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; A is an aryl group of 6-10 atoms, a heteroaryl group of 5-10 atoms, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, a heterocycle group of 4-10 atoms, or a spiro heterocycle group of 7-10 atoms; wherein A is substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, methyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, OR11, NR12aR12b, SO2R11, and COR11; wherein R11 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, and C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R12a and R12b are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and C1-C4 heteroalkyl; or R12a and R12b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R12a and R12b are each independently substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl or heteroaryl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each hydrogen; R3 is
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00034
  • wherein X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R7a and R7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R9 groups are present in each R3; m is 0-3; R10 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; A is an aryl group of 6-10 atoms, a heteroaryl group of 5-10 atoms, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, a heterocycle group of 4-10 atoms, or a spiro heterocycle group of 7-10 atoms; wherein A is substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, methyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, OR11, NR12aR12b, SO2R11, and COR11; wherein R11 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, and C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R12a and R12b are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and C1-C4 heteroalkyl; or R12a and R12b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R12a and R12b are each independently substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl or heteroaryl, substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 fluoroalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxyalkyl, cyclopropyl, fluorocyclopropyl, OR5, and NR6aR6b; wherein R5 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 fluoroalkyl; and R6a and R6b are each independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or C1-C6 heteroalkyl; or R6a and R6b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R6a and R6b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each hydrogen; R3 is
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00035
  • wherein X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R7a and R7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R9 groups are present in each R3; m is 0-3; R10 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; A is an aryl group of 6-10 atoms, a heteroaryl group of 5-10 atoms, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, a heterocycle group of 4-10 atoms, or a spiro heterocycle group of 7-10 atoms; wherein A is substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, methyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, OR11, NR12aR12b, SO2R11, and COR11; wherein R11 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, and C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R12a and R12b are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and C1-C4 heteroalkyl; or R12a and R12b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R12a and R12b are each independently substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is aryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxyalkyl, and OR5; wherein R5 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each hydrogen; R3 is
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00036
  • wherein X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R7a and R7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R9 groups are present in each R3; m is 0-3; R10 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; A is an aryl group of 6-10 atoms, a heteroaryl group of 5-10 atoms, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, a heterocycle group of 4-10 atoms, or a spiro heterocycle group of 7-10 atoms; wherein A is substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, methyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, OR11, NR12aR12b, SO2R11, and COR11; wherein R11 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, and C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R12a and R12b are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and C1-C4 heteroalkyl; or R12a and R12b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R12a and R12b are each independently substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, and C1-C3 alkoxyalkyl; R2a, R2b, and R2c are each hydrogen; R3 is
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00037
  • wherein X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R7a and R7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl; R9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R9 groups are present in each R3; m is 0-3; R10 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; A is an aryl group of 6-10 atoms, a heteroaryl group of 5-10 atoms, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, a heterocycle group of 4-10 atoms, or a spiro heterocycle group of 7-10 atoms; wherein A is substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, methyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, OR11, NR12aR12b, SO2R11, and COR11; wherein R11 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, and C1-C3 fluoroalkyl; R12a and R12b are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and C1-C4 heteroalkyl; or R12a and R12b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R12a and R12b are each independently substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is phenyl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro and methoxy; R2a is hydrogen; R2b and R2c are each independently hydrogen or fluoro; R3 is
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00038
  • wherein X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10, R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C3 alkyl and C3-C5 cycloalkyl, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f are each independently selected from hydrogen and methyl; R9 at each occurrence is independently selected from pyridyl and morpholinyl; wherein 0-1 R9 groups are present in each R3; m is 0-1; R10 is hydrogen or C1-C3 alkyl; A is pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrazolinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, piperazinyl, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholinyl, 1,1-dioxo-1,4-thiazepanyl, 1,4-diazepanyl, 1,4-thiazepanyl, 1,4-oxazepanyl, azepanyl, 2-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-2-yl, decahydroquinolyl; wherein A is substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, methyl, —CH2CF3, methoxy, SO2Me, acyl, and cyclopropyl; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0-1 substituents independently selected from C1-C3 alkyl; R2a is hydrogen; R2b and R2c are each independently hydrogen or fluoro; R3 is
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00039
  • wherein X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10; R7a are each independently selected from C1-C3 alkyl and C3-C5 cycloalkyl, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f are each independently selected from hydrogen and methyl; R9 at each occurrence is independently selected from pyridyl and morpholinyl; wherein 0-1 R9 groups are present in each R3; m is 0-1; R10 is hydrogen or C1-C3 alkyl; A is pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrazolinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, piperazinyl, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholinyl, 1,1-dioxo-1,4-thiazepanyl, 1,4-diazepanyl, 1,4-thiazepanyl, 1,4-oxazepanyl, azepanyl, 2-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-2-yl, decahydroquinolyl; wherein A is substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, methyl, —CH2CF3, methoxy, SO2Me, acyl, and cyclopropyl; and R4 is —CONH2.
  • Representative compounds of formula (I) include, but are not limited to:
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(thiomorpholinomethyl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(morpholinomethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-phenethyl-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(4-methylphenethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(3-methylphenethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-methylphenethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(2-(pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(2-(pyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(2-(pyridin-2-yl)ethyl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(methyl(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(pyridin-3-yloxy)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-(2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-6-(2-(2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(3-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-6-(2-(2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-(2-(2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-((pyridin-3-ylmethyl)amino)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(methyl(pyridin-4-yl)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(methyl(pyridin-4-ylmethyl)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)oxy)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)oxy)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)oxy)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((6-methylpyridin-3-yl)oxy)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(methyl(pyridin-3-yl)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 6-((6,6-difluoro-2-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-2-yl)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
  • 6-((4-cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
  • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
  • 6-((4,7-dimethyl-1,4-diazepan-1-yl)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
  • 6-((cyclopentyl(methyl)amino)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
  • 6-((cyclopropyl(methyl)amino)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
  • 6-((1,4-thiazepan-4-yl)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 6-((1,4-oxazepan-4-yl)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 6-(azepan-1-ylmethyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((4-methoxypiperidin-1-yl)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 6-((4-cyanopiperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-((4-(trifluoromethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 6-((4,4-difluoropiperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((2-methylmorpholino)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 6-(((3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)(methyl)amino)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 6-((cis-2,6-dimethylmorpholino)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-((4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 6-((4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 6-((1,1-dioxidothiomorpholino)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 6-((1,1-dioxido-1,4-thiazepan-4-yl)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 6-((3,3-difluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((6-methylpyridin-3-yl)methoxy)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(3-methylisothiazol-5-yl)-6-(2-(2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethoxy)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((2-methylpyridin-4-yl)methoxy)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(pyridin-4-ylmethoxy)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-((2-(pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-((2-(pyridin-3-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((2-morpholinoethyl)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)methoxy)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(1-(pyridin-3-yl)ethoxy)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(methyl((2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)methyl)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(((3-fluoropyridin-4-yl)oxy)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(((2-methylpyridin-4-yl)oxy)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(((2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl)oxy)methyl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(((2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)oxy)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(((6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)methyl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)methyl)amino)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 6-(((6-chloropyridin-3-yl)oxy)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(2-(pyridin-3-yl)piperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(((2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)oxy)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(2-(pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(((6-methylpyridin-3-yl)oxy)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 6-(ethyl(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)amino)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(5H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyridin-6(7H)-yl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(pyridin-3-ylmethoxy)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(methyl(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carbonitrile;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(((6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)oxy)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(2-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(2-(6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 8-fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-(2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(3-morpholinopyrrolidin-1-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 8-fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(methyl(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(pyridin-4-yl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(pyridin-3-yl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • (S)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((2-methylmorpholino)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • (R)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((2-methylmorpholino)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 6-((2,2-dimethylmorpholino)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 6-(((3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)(methyl)amino)methyl)-8-fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 6-((cis-2,6-dimethylmorpholino)methyl)-8-fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 8-fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((2-methylmorpholino)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 6-((4,4-difluoropiperidin-1-yl)methyl)-8-fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 6-((3,3-difluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)methyl)-8-fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
    • 7-fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(methyl(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide; and
    • 7-fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-(2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
  • and pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Compound names are assigned by using Struct=Name naming algorithm as part of CHEMDRAW® ULTRA v. 12.0.
  • The compound may exist as a stereoisomer wherein asymmetric or chiral centers are present. The stereoisomer is “R” or “S” depending on the configuration of substituents around the chiral carbon atom. The terms “R” and “S” used herein are configurations as defined in IUPAC 1974 Recommendations for Section E, Fundamental Stereochemistry, in Pure Appl. Chem., 1976, 45: 13-30. The disclosure contemplates various stereoisomers and mixtures thereof and these are specifically included within the scope of this invention. Stereoisomers include enantiomers and diastereomers, and mixtures of enantiomers or diastereomers. Individual stereoisomers of the compounds may be prepared synthetically from commercially available starting materials, which contain asymmetric or chiral centers or by preparation of racemic mixtures followed by methods of resolution well-known to those of ordinary skill in the art. These methods of resolution are exemplified by (1) attachment of a mixture of enantiomers to a chiral auxiliary, separation of the resulting mixture of diastereomers by recrystallization or chromatography and optional liberation of the optically pure product from the auxiliary as described in Furniss, Hannaford, Smith, and Tatchell, “Vogel's Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry”, 5th edition (1989), Longman Scientific & Technical, Essex CM20 2JE, England, or (2) direct separation of the mixture of optical enantiomers on chiral chromatographic columns or (3) fractional recrystallization methods.
  • It should be understood that the compound may possess tautomeric forms, as well as geometric isomers, and that these also constitute an aspect of the invention.
  • The present disclosure also includes an isotopically-labeled compound, which is identical to those recited in formula (I), but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. Examples of isotopes suitable for inclusion in the compounds of the invention are hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, sulfur, fluorine, and chlorine, such as, but not limited to 2H, 3H 13C, 14C, 15N, 18O, 17O, 31P, 32P, 35S, 18F and 36Cl, respectively. Substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, i.e., 2H, can afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements and, hence, may be preferred in some circumstances. The compound may incorporate positron-emitting isotopes for medical imaging and positron-emitting tomography (PET) studies for determining the distribution of receptors. Suitable positron-emitting isotopes that can be incorporated in compounds of formula (I) are 11C, 13N, 15O, and 18F. Isotopically-labeled compounds of formula (I) can generally be prepared by conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art or by processes analogous to those described in the accompanying Examples using appropriate isotopically-labeled reagent in place of non-isotopically-labeled reagent.
  • A. Allosteric Modulation of mGlu2
  • The disclosed compounds may act or function as non-competitive antagonists, allosteric inhibitors, allosteric antagonists, or negative allosteric modulators (NAM) of mGlu2. The compounds may be procognitive and neuroprotective even in the presence of mGlu2 dysfunction.
  • Compounds of formula (I) can inhibit mGlu2 with an IC50 ranging from about 1 nM to about 30 μM. The compounds may have an IC50 of about 30 μM, about 29 μM, about 28 μM, about 27 μM, about 26 μM, about 25 μM, about 24 μM, about 23 μM, about 22 μM, about 21 μM, about 20 μM, about 19 μM, about 18 μM, about 17 μM, about 16 μM, about 15 μM, about 14 μM, about 13 μM, about 12 μM, about 11 μM, about 10 μM, about 9 μM, about 8 μM, about 7 μM, about 6 μM, about 5 μM, about 4 μM, about 3 μM, about 2 μM, about 1 μM, about 950 nM, about 900 nM, about 850 nM, about 800 nM, about 850 nM, about 800 nM, about 750 nM, about 700 nM, about 650 nM, about 600 nM, about 550 nM, about 500 nM, about 450 nM, about 400 nM, about 350 nM, about 300 nM, about 250 nM, about 200 nM, about 150 nM, about 100 nM, about 50 nM, about 10 nM, about 5 nM, or about 1 nM. Compounds of formula (I) can inhibit mGlu2 with an IC50 of less than 30 μM, less than 29 μM, less than 28 μM, less than 27 IAM, less than 26 μM, less than 25 μM, less than 24 μM, less than 23 μM, less than 22 μM, less than 21 μM, less than 20 μM, less than 19 μM, less than 18 μM, less than 17 μM, less than 16 μM, less than 15 μM, less than 14 μM, less than 13 μM, less than 12 μM, less than 11 μM, less than 10 μM, less than 9 μM, less than 8 μM, less than 7 μM, less than 6 μM, less than 5 μM, less than 4 μM, less than 3 μM, less than 2 μM, less than 1 μM, less than 950 nM, less than 900 nM, less than 850 nM, less than 800 nM, less than 850 nM, less than 800 nM, less than 750 nM, less than 700 nM, less than 650 nM, less than 600 nM, less than 550 nM, less than 500 nM, less than 450 nM, less than 400 nM, less than 350 nM, less than 300 nM, less than 250 nM, less than 200 nM, less than 150 nM, less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 10 nM, less than 5 nM, or less than 1 nM.
  • Compounds of formula (I) may be selective modulators of mGlu2 over mGlu3. The compounds may have a ratio of mGlu2 IC50 to mGlu3 EC50 of at least 100, at least 95, at least 90, at least 85, at least 80, at least 75, at least 70, at least 64, at least 60, at least 55, at least 50, at least 45, at least 40, at least 35, at least 33, at least 31, at least 30, at least 29, at least 28, at least 27, at least 26, at least 25, at least 24, at least 23, at least 22, at least 21, at least 20, at least 19, at least 18, at least 17, at least 16, at least 15, at least 14, at least 13, at least 12, at least 11, at least 10, at least 9, at least 8, at least 7, at least 6, at least 5, at least 4, at least 3, or at least 2. Compounds of formula (I) may have a ratio of mGlu2 IC50 to mGlu3 EC50 of about 100, about 95, about 90, about 85, about 80, about 75, about 70, about 64, about 60, about 55, about 50, about 45, about 40, about 35, about 33, about 31, about 30, about 29, about 28, about 27, about 26, about 25, about 24, about 23, about 22, about 21, about 20, about 19, about 18, about 17, about 16, about 15, about 14, about 13, about 12, about 11, about 10, about 9, about 8, about 7, about 6, about 5, about 4, about 3, or about 2.
  • Compounds of formula (I) may be selective modulators of mGlu2 over mGlu5. The compounds may have a ratio of mGlu2 IC50 to mGlu5 EC50 of at least 100, at least 95, at least 90, at least 85, at least 80, at least 75, at least 70, at least 64, at least 60, at least 55, at least 50, at least 45, at least 40, at least 35, at least 33, at least 31, at least 30, at least 29, at least 28, at least 27, at least 26, at least 25, at least 24, at least 23, at least 22, at least 21, at least 20, at least 19, at least 18, at least 17, at least 16, at least 15, at least 14, at least 13, at least 12, at least 11, at least 10, at least 9, at least 8, at least 7, at least 6, at least 5, at least 4, at least 3, or at least 2. Compounds of formula (I) may have a ratio of mGlu2 IC50 to mGlu5 EC50 of about 100, about 95, about 90, about 85, about 80, about 75, about 70, about 64, about 60, about 55, about 50, about 45, about 40, about 35, about 33, about 31, about 30, about 29, about 28, about 27, about 26, about 25, about 24, about 23, about 22, about 21, about 20, about 19, about 18, about 17, about 16, about 15, about 14, about 13, about 12, about 11, about 10, about 9, about 8, about 7, about 6, about 5, about 4, about 3, or about 2.
  • The disclosed compounds may exist as pharmaceutically acceptable salts. The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to salts or zwitterions of the compounds which are water or oil-soluble or dispersible, suitable for treatment of disorders without undue toxicity, irritation, and allergic response, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio and effective for their intended use. The salts may be prepared during the final isolation and purification of the compounds or separately by reacting an amino group of the compounds with a suitable acid. For example, a compound may be dissolved in a suitable solvent, such as but not limited to methanol and water and treated with at least one equivalent of an acid, like hydrochloric acid. The resulting salt may precipitate out and be isolated by filtration and dried under reduced pressure. Alternatively, the solvent and excess acid may be removed under reduced pressure to provide a salt. Representative salts include acetate, adipate, alginate, citrate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate, bisulfate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, digluconate, glycerophosphate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, formate, isethionate, fumarate, lactate, maleate, methanesulfonate, naphthylenesulfonate, nicotinate, oxalate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, picrate, oxalate, maleate, pivalate, propionate, succinate, tartrate, thrichloroacetate, trifluoroacetate, glutamate, para-toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, phosphoric and the like. The amino groups of the compounds may also be quaternized with alkyl chlorides, bromides and iodides such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, lauryl, myristyl, stearyl and the like.
  • Basic addition salts may be prepared during the final isolation and purification of the disclosed compounds by reaction of a carboxyl group with a suitable base such as the hydroxide, carbonate, or bicarbonate of a metal cation such as lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, or aluminum, or an organic primary, secondary, or tertiary amine. Quaternary amine salts can be prepared, such as those derived from methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, diethylamine, ethylamine, tributylamine, pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N-methylpiperidine, N-methylmorpholine, dicyclohexylamine, procaine, dibenzylamine, N,N-dibenzylphenethylamine, 1-ephenamine and N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperidine, piperazine, and the like.
  • B. General Synthesis
  • Compounds of formula (I) may be prepared by synthetic processes or by metabolic processes. Preparation of the compounds by metabolic processes includes those occurring in the human or animal body (in vivo) or processes occurring in vitro.
  • Compounds of formula (I), wherein the groups R1, R2a, R2b, R2c, R3, and R4 have the meanings as set forth in the Summary of the Invention section unless otherwise noted, can be synthesized as shown in Schemes 1-18.
  • Abbreviations which have been used in the descriptions of the Schemes that follow are: DtBAD for di-Cert-butylazodicarboxylate; BuLi for butyllithium; dba for dibenzylideneacetone; DIEA for diisopropylethylamine; DME for dimethoxyethane; DME for dimethylformamide; dppf for 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene; EDC for N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride; HATU for N-[(dimethylamino)-1H-1,2,3-triazolo-[4,5-b]pyridin-1-ylmethylene]-N-methylmethanaminium hexafluorophosphate N-oxide; HOBt for 1-hydroxybenzotriazole; Me2CO for acetone; MeOH for methanol; NEt3 for triethylamine; n-PrOH for n-propanol; PhMe for toluene; tBuXPhos for 2-di-tert-butylphosphino-2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl; THF for tetrahydrofuran; XantPhos for 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene.
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00040
  • As shown in Scheme 1, intermediate v, wherein each R2 is as defined in the Summary of the Invention, can be prepared from substituted benzoyl chloride i. Treatment of 3-ethoxy-3-oxopropanoic acid ii with butyllithium, followed by addition of i, can result in formation of β-ketoester iii. β-ketoester iii can be treated with DMF-DMA (iv), followed by addition of R1NH2, wherein R1 is as defined in the Summary of the Invention, to provide intermediate v.
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00041
  • Scheme 2 illustrates the conversion of intermediate v to intermediate vi. Intermediate v can be treated with a solution of ammonia in methanol with heating to give intermediate vi.
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00042
  • Scheme 3 illustrates the preparation of intermediate x from intermediate v and the preparation of intermediate xi from intermediate vi. Bromides v and vi may be converted to alkenes viii and ix, respectively, via a palladium catalyzed coupling reaction with potassium vinyltrifluoroborate vii, wherein R8a is as defined in the Summary of the Invention. Treatment of intermediates viii and ix with osmium tetroxide and 4-methylmorpholine N-oxide (NMO) can form the corresponding diols, which can be reacted in situ with sodium (meta)periodate to afford intermediates x and xi, respectively.
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00043
  • Scheme 4 illustrates the conversion of intermediate x to intermediate xiv. Intermediate x can be treated with an amine xii, wherein R7a and R7b are as defined in the Summary of the Invention, and a reagent xiii, wherein M is a group that renders R8b nucleophilic, wherein R8b is as defined in the Summary of the Invention, to provide intermediate xiv.
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00044
  • Scheme 5 illustrates the conversion of intermediate x to intermediate xv. Intermediate x can be treated with a reagent xiii, wherein M is a group that renders R8b nucleophilic, wherein R8b is as defined in the Summary of the Invention, to provide intermediate xv.
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00045
  • Scheme 6 illustrates the conversion of intermediate v to intermediate xvii. Intermediate v can be converted to intermediate xvi via a palladium catalyzed hydroxylation. Intermediate xvi can be treated with acid in methanol with heating to afford intermediate xvii.
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00046
  • Scheme 7 illustrates the preparation of intermediate xx from intermediate xvii and the preparation of intermediate xxi from intermediate xvii. Intermediate xvii can be reacted in a Mitsunobu reaction with alcohols xviii and xix, wherein R7a, R7b, R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, z, p, q, Y, and A are as defined in the Summary of the Invention, to produce intermediates xx and xxi, respectively.
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00047
  • Scheme 8 illustrates the synthesis of intermediate xxiii from intermediate xv. Intermediate xv can be reacted in a Mitsunobu reaction with alcohol xxii, wherein, A is as defined in the Summary of the Invention, to produce intermediate xxiii, respectively.
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00048
  • Scheme 9 illustrates the preparation of intermediate xxviii from intermediate v, the preparation of intermediate xxix from intermediate v, the preparation of intermediate xxx from intermediate v, and the preparation of intermediate xxxi from intermediate v. Intermediate v may be reacted with amines xxiv, xxv, xxvi, and xxvii, wherein R7a, R7b, R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, z, p, q, Y, and A are as defined in the Summary of the Invention, in a Buchwald-Hartwig palladium catalyzed coupling to produce intermediates xxviii, xxix, xxx, and xxxi, respectively.
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00049
  • Scheme 10 illustrates the synthesis of intermediate xxxiv from intermediate v and the preparation of intermediate xxxv from intermediate v. Intermediate v can be reacted with alkynes xxxii and xxxiii, wherein lea, R7a, R7b, R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, z, p, q, Y, and A are as defined in the Summary of the Invention and wherein p is 0 or 1, in a Sonogashira coupling to provide intermediates xxxiv and xxxv, respectively.
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00050
  • Scheme 11 illustrates the conversion of intermediate v to intermediate xxxviii. Reaction of intermediate v with ethynyltrimethylsilane in a Sonogashira coupling can provide intermediate xxxvi Treatment of intermediate xxxvi with tetrabutylammonium fluoride can yield intermediate xxxvii. Coupling of intermediate xxxvii with A-X, wherein A is as defined in the Summary of the Invention and wherein X is chloride, bromide, iodide, or trifluoromethanesulfonate, under Sonogashira conditions can afford intermediate xxxviii.
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00051
  • Scheme 12 illustrates the synthesis of intermediate xxxix from intermediate xxxiv, the preparation of intermediate xl from intermediate xxxv, and the preparation of intermediate xli from intermediate xxxviii. Intermediates xxxiv, xxxv, and xxxviii can be reduced via a palladium catalyzed hydrogenation to afford intermediates xxxix, xl, and xli, respectively.
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00052
  • As illustrated in Scheme 13, the compound of formula (I) can be prepared from intermediate xlii. Treatment of intermediate xlii, wherein R3 is as defined in the Summary of the invention, with ammonia in methanol with heating can provide the compound of formula (I).
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00053
  • Alternatively, the compound of formula (I) can be prepared from intermediate xlii, as illustrated in Scheme 14, by a two-step process. Hydrolysis of intermediate xlii, wherein R3 is as defined in the Summary of the invention, with aqueous hydroxide can provide intermediate acid xliii. Intermediate xliii can be converted to the compound of formula (I) using ammonium chloride and a suitable coupling reagent.
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00054
  • As illustrated in Scheme 15, the compound of formula (I) can also be prepared from intermediate vi. Reaction of intermediate vi with alcohols such as xviii and xix, wherein R7a, R7b, R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, z, p, q, Y, and A are as defined in the Summary of the Invention, in an Ullmann coupling can afford the compound of formula (I).
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00055
  • Alternatively, as illustrated in Scheme 16, the compound of formula (I) can be prepared from intermediate vi. Intermediate vi can be reacted in a palladium catalyzed Suzuki coupling reaction with reagents such as xliv or xlv, wherein R3 is as defined in the Summary of the invention, to yield the compound of formula (I).
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00056
  • As illustrated in Scheme 17, the compound of formula (I) can also be prepared from intermediate ix. Intermediate ix can be treated with an amine xii, wherein R7a and R7b are as defined in the Summary of the Invention, and a reagent xiii, wherein M is a group that renders R8b nucleophilic, wherein R8b is as defined in the Summary of the Invention, to provide the compound of formula (I).
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00057
  • As illustrated in Scheme 18, the compound of formula (I), wherein R4 is cyano, can be prepared from intermediate vi. The primary amide of vi can be dehydrated through treatment with an appropriate reagent such as cyanuric chloride to afford intermediate xlvi. Conversion of intermediate xlvi into the compound of formula (I) can be accomplished using methods analogous to those described in Schemes 3-12 and Schemes 15-17.
  • The compounds and intermediates may be isolated and purified by methods well-known to those skilled in the art of organic synthesis. Examples of conventional methods for isolating and purifying compounds can include, but are not limited to, chromatography on solid supports such as silica gel, alumina, or silica derivatized with alkylsilane groups, by recrystallization at high or low temperature with an optional pretreatment with activated carbon, thin-layer chromatography, distillation at various pressures, sublimation under vacuum, and trituration, as described for instance in “Vogel's Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry”, 5th edition (1989), by Furniss, Hannaford, Smith, and Tatchell, pub. Longman Scientific & Technical, Essex CM20 2JE, England.
  • A disclosed compound may have at least one basic nitrogen whereby the compound can be treated with an acid to form a desired salt. For example, a compound may be reacted with an acid at or above room temperature to provide the desired salt, which is deposited, and collected by filtration after cooling. Examples of acids suitable for the reaction include, but are not limited to tartaric acid, lactic acid, succinic acid, as well as mandelic, atrolactic, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, toluenesulfonic, naphthalenesulfonic, benzenesulfonic, carbonic, fumaric, maleic, gluconic, acetic, propionic, salicylic, hydrochloric, hydrobromic, phosphoric, sulfuric, citric, hydroxybutyric, camphorsulfonic, malic, phenylacetic, aspartic, or glutamic acid, and the like.
  • Optimum reaction conditions and reaction times for each individual step can vary depending on the particular reactants employed and substituents present in the reactants used. Specific procedures are provided in the Examples section. Reactions can be worked up in the conventional manner, e.g. by eliminating the solvent from the residue and further purified according to methodologies generally known in the art such as, but not limited to, crystallization, distillation, extraction, trituration and chromatography. Unless otherwise described, the starting materials and reagents are either commercially available or can be prepared by one skilled in the art from commercially available materials using methods described in the chemical literature. Starting materials, if not commercially available, can be prepared by procedures selected from standard organic chemical techniques, techniques that are analogous to the synthesis of known, structurally similar compounds, or techniques that are analogous to the above described schemes or the procedures described in the synthetic examples section.
  • Routine experimentations, including appropriate manipulation of the reaction conditions, reagents and sequence of the synthetic route, protection of any chemical functionality that cannot be compatible with the reaction conditions, and deprotection at a suitable point in the reaction sequence of the method are included in the scope of the invention. Suitable protecting groups and the methods for protecting and deprotecting different substituents using such suitable protecting groups are well known to those skilled in the art; examples of which can be found in P G M Wuts and T W Greene, in Greene's book titled Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (4th ed.), John Wiley & Sons, NY (2006), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Synthesis of the compounds of the invention can be accomplished by methods analogous to those described in the synthetic schemes described hereinabove and in specific examples.
  • When an optically active form of a disclosed compound is required, it can be obtained by carrying out one of the procedures described herein using an optically active starting material (prepared, for example, by asymmetric induction of a suitable reaction step), or by resolution of a mixture of the stereoisomers of the compound or intermediates using a standard procedure (such as chromatographic separation, recrystallization or enzymatic resolution).
  • Similarly, when a pure geometric isomer of a compound is required, it can be obtained by carrying out one of the above procedures using a pure geometric isomer as a starting material, or by resolution of a mixture of the geometric isomers of the compound or intermediates using a standard procedure such as chromatographic separation.
  • It can be appreciated that the synthetic schemes and specific examples as described are illustrative and are not to be read as limiting the scope of the invention as it is defined in the appended claims. All alternatives, modifications, and equivalents of the synthetic methods and specific examples are included within the scope of the claims.
    • 3. PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS
  • The disclosed compounds may be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration to a subject (such as a patient, which may be a human or non-human).
  • The pharmaceutical compositions may include a “therapeutically effective amount” or a “prophylactically effective amount” of the agent. A “therapeutically effective amount” refers to an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired therapeutic result. A therapeutically effective amount of the composition may be determined by a person skilled in the art and may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the individual, and the ability of the composition to elicit a desired response in the individual. A therapeutically effective amount is also one in which any toxic or detrimental effects of a compound of the invention [e.g., a compound of formula (I)] are outweighed by the therapeutically beneficial effects. A “prophylactically effective amount” refers to an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired prophylactic result. Typically, since a prophylactic dose is used in subjects prior to or at an earlier stage of disease, the prophylactically effective amount will be less than the therapeutically effective amount.
  • For example, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I), may be about 1 mg/kg to about 1000 mg/kg, about 5 mg/kg to about 950 mg/kg, about 10 mg/kg to about 900 mg/kg, about 15 mg/kg to about 850 mg/kg, about 20 mg/kg to about 800 mg/kg, about 25 mg/kg to about 750 mg/kg, about 30 mg/kg to about 700 mg/kg, about 35 mg/kg to about 650 mg/kg, about 40 mg/kg to about 600 mg/kg, about 45 mg/kg to about 550 mg/kg, about 50 mg/kg to about 500 mg/kg, about 55 mg/kg to about 450 mg/kg, about 60 mg/kg to about 400 mg/kg, about 65 mg/kg to about 350 mg/kg, about 70 mg/kg to about 300 mg/kg, about 75 mg/kg to about 250 mg/kg, about 80 mg/kg to about 200 mg/kg, about 85 mg/kg to about 150 mg/kg, and about 90 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg.
  • The pharmaceutical compositions may include pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. The term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier,” as used herein, means a non-toxic, inert solid, semi-solid or liquid filler, diluent, encapsulating material or formulation auxiliary of any type. Some examples of materials which can serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are sugars such as, but not limited to, lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches such as, but not limited to, corn starch and potato starch; cellulose and its derivatives such as, but not limited to, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; powdered tragacanth; malt; gelatin; talc; excipients such as, but not limited to, cocoa butter and suppository waxes; oils such as, but not limited to, peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; glycols; such as propylene glycol; esters such as, but not limited to, ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; agar; buffering agents such as, but not limited to, magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; alginic acid; pyrogen-free water; isotonic saline; Ringer's solution; ethyl alcohol, and phosphate buffer solutions, as well as other non-toxic compatible lubricants such as, but not limited to, sodium lauryl sulfate and magnesium stearate, as well as coloring agents, releasing agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring and perfuming agents, preservatives and antioxidants can also be present in the composition, according to the judgment of the formulator.
  • Thus, the compounds and their physiologically acceptable salts and solvates may be formulated for administration by, for example, solid dosing, eyedrop, in a topical oil-based formulation, injection, inhalation (either through the mouth or the nose), implants, or oral, buccal, parenteral, or rectal administration. Techniques and formulations may generally be found in “Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences”, (Meade Publishing Co., Easton, Pa.). Therapeutic compositions must typically be sterile and stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage.
  • The route by which the disclosed compounds are administered and the form of the composition will dictate the type of carrier to be used. The composition may be in a variety of forms, suitable, for example, for systemic administration (e.g., oral, rectal, nasal, sublingual, buccal, implants, or parenteral) or topical administration (e.g., dermal, pulmonary, nasal, aural, ocular, liposome delivery systems, or iontophoresis).
  • Carriers for systemic administration typically include at least one of diluents, lubricants, binders, disintegrants, colorants, flavors, sweeteners, antioxidants, preservatives, glidants, solvents, suspending agents, wetting agents, surfactants, combinations thereof, and others. All carriers are optional in the compositions.
  • Suitable diluents include sugars such as glucose, lactose, dextrose, and sucrose; diols such as propylene glycol; calcium carbonate; sodium carbonate; sugar alcohols, such as glycerin; mannitol; and sorbitol. The amount of diluent(s) in a systemic or topical composition is typically about 50 to about 90%.
  • Suitable lubricants include silica, talc, stearic acid and its magnesium salts and calcium salts, calcium sulfate; and liquid lubricants such as polyethylene glycol and vegetable oils such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and oil of theobroma. The amount of lubricant(s) in a systemic or topical composition is typically about 5 to about 10%.
  • Suitable binders include polyvinyl pyrrolidone; magnesium aluminum silicate; starches such as corn starch and potato starch; gelatin; tragacanth; and cellulose and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, ethyl cellulose, methylcellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, and sodium carboxymethylcellulose. The amount of binder(s) in a systemic composition is typically about 5 to about 50%.
  • Suitable disintegrants include agar, alginic acid and the sodium salt thereof, effervescent mixtures, croscarmelose, crospovidone, sodium carboxymethyl starch, sodium starch glycolate, clays, and ion exchange resins. The amount of disintegrant(s) in a systemic or topical composition is typically about 0.1 to about 10%.
  • Suitable colorants include a colorant such as an FD&C dye. When used, the amount of colorant in a systemic or topical composition is typically about 0.005 to about 0.1%.
  • Suitable flavors include menthol, peppermint, and fruit flavors. The amount of flavor(s), when used, in a systemic or topical composition is typically about 0.1 to about 1.0%.
  • Suitable sweeteners include aspartame and saccharin. The amount of sweetener(s) in a systemic or topical composition is typically about 0.001 to about 1%.
  • Suitable antioxidants include butylated hydroxyanisole (“BHA”), butylated hydroxytoluene (“BHT”), and vitamin E. The amount of antioxidant(s) in a systemic or topical composition is typically about 0.1 to about 5%.
  • Suitable preservatives include benzalkonium chloride, methyl paraben and sodium benzoate. The amount of preservative(s) in a systemic or topical composition is typically about 0.01 to about 5%.
  • Suitable glidants include silicon dioxide. The amount of glidant(s) in a systemic or topical composition is typically about 1 to about 5%.
  • Suitable solvents include water, isotonic saline, ethyl oleate, glycerine, hydroxylated castor oils, alcohols such as ethanol, and phosphate buffer solutions. The amount of solvent(s) in a systemic or topical composition is typically from about 0 to about 100%.
  • Suitable suspending agents include AVICEL RC-591 (from FMC Corporation of Philadelphia, Pa.) and sodium alginate. The amount of suspending agent(s) in a systemic or topical composition is typically about 1 to about 8%.
  • Suitable surfactants include lecithin, Polysorbate 80, and sodium lauryl sulfate, and the TWEENS from Atlas Powder Company of Wilmington, Del. Suitable surfactants include those disclosed in the C.T.F.A. Cosmetic Ingredient Handbook, 1992, pp. 587-592; Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 15th Ed. 1975, pp. 335-337; and McCutcheon's Volume 1, Emulsifiers & Detergents, 1994, North American Edition, pp. 236-239. The amount of surfactant(s) in the systemic or topical composition is typically about 0.1% to about 5%.
  • Although the amounts of components in the systemic compositions may vary depending on the type of systemic composition prepared, in general, systemic compositions include 0.01% to 50% of active [e.g., compound of formula (I)] and 50% to 99.99% of one or more carriers. Compositions for parenteral administration typically include 0.1% to 10% of actives and 90% to 99.9% of a carrier including a diluent and a solvent.
  • Compositions for oral administration can have various dosage forms. For example, solid forms include tablets, capsules, granules, and bulk powders. These oral dosage forms include a safe and effective amount, usually at least about 5%, and more particularly from about 25% to about 50% of actives. The oral dosage compositions include about 50% to about 95% of carriers, and more particularly, from about 50% to about 75%.
  • Tablets can be compressed, tablet triturates, enteric-coated, sugar-coated, film-coated, or multiple-compressed. Tablets typically include an active component, and a carrier comprising ingredients selected from diluents, lubricants, binders, disintegrants, colorants, flavors, sweeteners, glidants, and combinations thereof. Specific diluents include calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, mannitol, lactose and cellulose. Specific binders include starch, gelatin, and sucrose. Specific disintegrants include alginic acid and croscarmelose. Specific lubricants include magnesium stearate, stearic acid, and talc. Specific colorants are the FD&C dyes, which can be added for appearance. Chewable tablets preferably contain sweeteners such as aspartame and saccharin, or flavors such as menthol, peppermint, fruit flavors, or a combination thereof.
  • Capsules (including implants, time release and sustained release formulations) typically include an active compound [e.g., a compound of formula (I)], and a carrier including one or more diluents disclosed above in a capsule comprising gelatin. Granules typically comprise a disclosed compound, and preferably glidants such as silicon dioxide to improve flow characteristics. Implants can be of the biodegradable or the non-biodegradable type.
  • The selection of ingredients in the carrier for oral compositions depends on secondary considerations like taste, cost, and shelf stability, which are not critical for the purposes of this invention.
  • Solid compositions may be coated by conventional methods, typically with pH or time-dependent coatings, such that a disclosed compound is released in the gastrointestinal tract in the vicinity of the desired application, or at various points and times to extend the desired action. The coatings typically include one or more components selected from the group consisting of cellulose acetate phthalate, polyvinyl acetate phthalate, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose phthalate, ethyl cellulose, EUDRAGIT coatings (available from Rohm & Haas G.M.B.H. of Darmstadt, Germany), waxes and shellac.
  • Compositions for oral administration can have liquid forms. For example, suitable liquid forms include aqueous solutions, emulsions, suspensions, solutions reconstituted from non-effervescent granules, suspensions reconstituted from non-effervescent granules, effervescent preparations reconstituted from effervescent granules, elixirs, tinctures, syrups, and the like. Liquid orally administered compositions typically include a disclosed compound and a carrier, namely, a carrier selected from diluents, colorants, flavors, sweeteners, preservatives, solvents, suspending agents, and surfactants. Peroral liquid compositions preferably include one or more ingredients selected from colorants, flavors, and sweeteners.
  • Other compositions useful for attaining systemic delivery of the subject compounds include sublingual, buccal and nasal dosage forms. Such compositions typically include one or more of soluble filler substances such as diluents including sucrose, sorbitol and mannitol; and binders such as acacia, microcrystalline cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose. Such compositions may further include lubricants, colorants, flavors, sweeteners, antioxidants, and glidants.
  • The disclosed compounds can be topically administered. Topical compositions that can be applied locally to the skin may be in any form including solids, solutions, oils, creams, ointments, gels, lotions, shampoos, leave-on and rinse-out hair conditioners, milks, cleansers, moisturizers, sprays, skin patches, and the like. Topical compositions include: a disclosed compound [e.g., a compound of formula (I)], and a carrier. The carrier of the topical composition preferably aids penetration of the compounds into the skin. The carrier may further include one or more optional components.
  • The amount of the carrier employed in conjunction with a disclosed compound is sufficient to provide a practical quantity of composition for administration per unit dose of the medicament. Techniques and compositions for making dosage forms useful in the methods of this invention are described in the following references: Modern Pharmaceutics, Chapters 9 and 10, Banker & Rhodes, eds. (1979); Lieberman et al., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Tablets (1981); and Ansel, Introduction to Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, 2nd Ed., (1976).
  • A carrier may include a single ingredient or a combination of two or more ingredients. In the topical compositions, the carrier includes a topical carrier. Suitable topical carriers include one or more ingredients selected from phosphate buffered saline, isotonic water, deionized water, monofunctional alcohols, symmetrical alcohols, aloe vera gel, allantoin, glycerin, vitamin A and E oils, mineral oil, propylene glycol, PPG-2 myristyl propionate, dimethyl isosorbide, castor oil, combinations thereof, and the like. More particularly, carriers for skin applications include propylene glycol, dimethyl isosorbide, and water, and even more particularly, phosphate buffered saline, isotonic water, deionized water, monofunctional alcohols, and symmetrical alcohols.
  • The carrier of a topical composition may further include one or more ingredients selected from emollients, propellants, solvents, humectants, thickeners, powders, fragrances, pigments, and preservatives, all of which are optional.
  • Suitable emollients include stearyl alcohol, glyceryl monoricinoleate, glyceryl monostearate, propane-1,2-diol, butane-1,3-diol, mink oil, cetyl alcohol, isopropyl isostearate, stearic acid, isobutyl palmitate, isocetyl stearate, oleyl alcohol, isopropyl laurate, hexyl laurate, decyl oleate, octadecan-2-ol, isocetyl alcohol, cetyl palmitate, di-n-butyl sebacate, isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, isopropyl stearate, butyl stearate, polyethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, lanolin, sesame oil, coconut oil, arachis oil, castor oil, acetylated lanolin alcohols, petroleum, mineral oil, butyl myristate, isostearic acid, palmitic acid, isopropyl linoleate, lauryl lactate, myristyl lactate, decyl oleate, myristyl myristate, and combinations thereof. Specific emollients for skin include stearyl alcohol and polydimethylsiloxane. The amount of emollient(s) in a skin-based topical composition is typically about 5% to about 95%.
  • Suitable propellants include propane, butane, isobutane, dimethyl ether, carbon dioxide, nitrous oxide, and combinations thereof. The amount of propellant(s) in a topical composition is typically about 0% to about 95%.
  • Suitable solvents include water, ethyl alcohol, methylene chloride, isopropanol, castor oil, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, dimethylsulfoxide, dimethyl formamide, tetrahydrofuran, and combinations thereof. Specific solvents include ethyl alcohol and homotopic alcohols. The amount of solvent(s) in a topical composition is typically about 0% to about 95%.
  • Suitable humectants include glycerin, sorbitol, sodium 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylate, soluble collagen, dibutyl phthalate, gelatin, and combinations thereof. Specific humectants include glycerin. The amount of humectant(s) in a topical composition is typically 0% to 95%.
  • The amount of thickener(s) in a topical composition is typically about 0% to about 95%.
  • Suitable powders include beta-cyclodextrins, hydroxypropyl cyclodextrins, chalk, talc, fullers earth, kaolin, starch, gums, colloidal silicon dioxide, sodium polyacrylate, tetra alkyl ammonium smectites, trialkyl aryl ammonium smectites, chemically-modified magnesium aluminum silicate, organically-modified Montmorillonite clay, hydrated aluminum silicate, fumed silica, carboxyvinyl polymer, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethylene glycol monostearate, and combinations thereof. The amount of powder(s) in a topical composition is typically 0% to 95%.
  • The amount of fragrance in a topical composition is typically about 0% to about 0.5%, particularly, about 0.001% to about 0.1%.
  • Suitable pH adjusting additives include HCl or NaOH in amounts sufficient to adjust the pH of a topical pharmaceutical composition.
    • 4. METHODS OF TREATMENT
  • The disclosed compounds and compositions may be used in methods for treatment of mGlu2 related medical disorders and/or diseases. The methods of treatment may comprise administering to a subject in need of such treatment a composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of formula (I).
  • The compositions can be administered to a subject in need thereof to modulate mGlu2, for a variety of diverse biological processes. The present disclosure is directed to methods for administering the composition to inhibit mGlu2, a GPCR that plays a role in synaptic plasticity, which directly effects cognitive function and memory, for example.
  • The compositions may be useful for treating and preventing certain diseases and disorders in humans and animals related to mGlu2 dysfunction. Treatment or prevention of such diseases and disorders can be effected by modulating mGlu2 in a subject, by administering a compound or composition of the invention, either alone or in combination with another active agent as part of a therapeutic regimen to a subject in need thereof.
  • a. Depression
  • Antidepressant-like effects of the mGlu2/3 receptor antagonists, MGS0039 and LY341495, were first demonstrated in the rat forced swim test (FST) and mouse tail-suspension test (TST) using normal animals (Chaki et al. Neuropharmacology, 2004, 46, 457-467). More recently, studies have attempted to evaluate the effects of these drugs in paradigms implicated in the etiology of human depression. MGS0039 exhibited antidepressant effects in the learned helplessness test where treatment with MGS0039 for 7 days significantly reduced the number of escape failures (Yoshimizu et al. Psychopharmacology, 2006, 186, 587-593).
  • Palucha-Poniewiera et al. Psychopharmacology, 2010, 212, 523-535 evaluated a potential antidepressant-like effect of MGS0039 in the olfactory bulbectomy (OB) model of depression in rats. A surgical lesion of the olfactory bulbs in animals is known to induce significant behavioral, physiological, endocrine and immune changes, many of which are qualitatively similar to those observed in depressive patients. Repeated administration of MGS0039 for 14 days attenuated the hyperactivity of olfactory bulbectomized rats in the open field test and attenuated the learning deficit in the passive avoidance test.
  • Kawasaki et al. Neuropharmacology, 2011, 60, 397-404 also examined the effect of MGS0039 on behaviors of social isolation-reared mice in the FST. Rearing rodents in isolation after weaning is known to lead to changes in brain neurochemistry that produce perturbations in behavior. Post-weaning chronic social isolation for more than 6 weeks increased immobility in the FST, suggesting that isolation rearing caused depression-like behavior. MGS0039 reversed the increased immobility of social isolation reared mice in the test.
  • Campo, B. et al. J. Neurogenetics 2011, 25, 152-166, demonstrated a selective group II (mGlu2 and mGlu3) negative allosteric modulator (RO4491533) to be effective in several in vitro biochemical assays and in vivo models of depression. RO4491533 was shown to engage the central mGlu2 and mGlu3 receptors as the compound reversed the hypolocomotor effect of an mGlu2/3 agonist (LY379268) in a target-specific manner. The known group II mGlu2/3 antagonist LY341495 achieved the same result. RO4491533 and LY341495 dose-dependently reduced immobility time of C57B16/J mice in the FST. RO4491533 and LY341495 were also active in the tail suspension test in a line of Helpless (H) mice, a putative genetic model of depression.
  • Blockade of mGlu2/3 receptors and ketamine may converge to the same neuronal circuits, which include activation of AMPA receptor and mTOR signaling. Because both AMPA receptor stimulation and subsequent mTOR signaling activation are presumed to be involved in rapid action of ketamine for patients with treatment-resistant depression (TRD), mGlu2/3 receptor antagonists could exert the same effects in humans. This assumption is underpinned by several animal studies. First, the mGlu2/3 receptor antagonist MGS0039 exhibited antidepressant effects in an animal model (the learned helplessness paradigm) which is refractory to currently prescribed antidepressants (Yoshimizu et al. Psychopharmacology, 2006, 186, 587-593). Second, although evidence of rapid onset of action with mGlu2/3 receptor antagonists are absent, an AMPA receptor potentiator (AMPA receptor potentiation mediates antidepressant effects of mGlu2/3 receptor antagonists) showed faster effects (during the first week of treatment) compared to fluoxetine (after two weeks) in a dominant-submissive test (Knapp et al. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 2002, 440, 121-125). Moreover, LY341495 exhibited a potent antidepressant effect in helpless mice following acute administration, while fluoxetine exerted a full antidepressant effect following chronic (21 days) treatment (Campo, B. et al. J. Neurogenetics 2011, 25, 152-166; El Yacoubi et al. PNAS, 2003, 100, 6227-6232). Therefore, blockade of mGlu2/3 receptors may show rapid and potent antidepressant effects in humans.
  • b. Cognitive Disorders
  • Woltering et al. Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2010, 20, 6969-74, demonstrated that a negative allosteric modulator of mGlu2/3 reversed mGlu2/3 agonist or scopolamine-induced working memory deficits in the delayed match to position (DMTP) task in rodents, a measure of working memory. Additionally, Woltering demonstrated a synergistic reversal of scopolamine-induced deficits in DMTP when low doses of a negative allosteric modulator of mGlu2/3 were combined with a threshold dose of the acetylcholinesterase inhibitor donezepil. Given the efficacy of donepezil and other acetylcholinesterase inhibitors in the treatment of the cognitive impairments in Alzheimer's disease, negative allosteric modulators of mGlu2 may have efficacy as cognitive enhancers.
  • c. Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder
  • Shimazaki, T. et al. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 2004, 501, 121-125, demonstrated that MGS0039 induced glutamatergic change in mice, resulting in anti-obsessive-compulsive disorder activity. In these studies, a marble-burying behavioral test was utilized as a model for obsessive-compulsive disorder. The marble-burying behavior test is recognized as a useful model for evaluating the clinical potential of anti-obsessive-compulsive disorder drugs. Specifically, MGS0039 treated mice exhibited reduced marble-burying behavior in a significant and dose dependent manner, while no significant change was observed in spontaneous locomotor activity. In addition, LY341495, another potent antagonist of group II mGlu receptors, was also shown to significantly reduce marble-burying behavior in treated mice.
  • d. Alzheimer's Disease
  • Kim, S. H. et al. Moecular Psychiatry 2014, 1-8, have assessed the therapeutic potential of chronic pharmacological inhibition of group II mGlu receptors (mGlu2 and mGlu3) with a group II mGlu receptor antagonist in an APP transgenic mouse model that develops impaired learning behavior in relation to accumulation of mutant Aβ oligomers that never form amyloid plaques. Once-daily dosing of the orally bioavailable prodrug, BCI-838, delivered a sufficient brain concentration of its active metabolite BCI-632 to inhibit group II mGlu receptors for 22 hours. Three months of treatment with BCI-838 provided anxiolytic effects, reversed Dutch APP transgene-associated learning and memory impairment, and decreased the levels of monomeric and oAβ peptides in the hippocampus and cortex of the two different AD mouse models. Notably, BCI-838 administration stimulated hippocampal progenitor cell proliferation in both wild-type and Alzheimer's diseased mice for 3 months, which resulted in significantly increased numbers of newborn neurons in the hippocampi of Dutch APP transgenic mice. In addition to treatment, the proneurogenic properties make the compound attractive for potential use in reversing some of the early symptoms of Alzheimer's disease (AD), possibly through reparative effects of the newborn neurons. These findings suggest that chronic pharmacological inhibition of group II mGlu receptors has the potential to be a disease-modifying treatment for AD that targets cognitive/emotional defects and modulates neurogenesis.
  • Additional studies by Caraci, F. et al Mol. Pharmacol. 2011, 79, 618-626, showed that a positive allosteric modulator of mGlu2 (LY566332) amplified Aβ-induced neurodegeneration, but this effect was prevented by the mGlu2/3 receptor antagonist, LY341495.
  • e. Anxiety
  • Yoshimizu et al. Psychopharmacology, 2006, 186, 587-593 also demonstrated the anxiolytic effects of MGS0039, a potent antagonist of group II mGlu receptors (mGlu2 and mGlu3), by use of a conditioned fear stress (CFS) model, which represents emotional abnormality, including anxiety. The CFS model reflects psychological stress without physical stimuli, and is useful in predicting the clinical efficacy of anxiolytic drugs. In these studies, MGS0039 significantly decreased freezing behavior, as did diazepam and fluvoxamine, indicating the anxiolytic-like potential of MGS0039. The mGlu2/3 receptors inhibit neurotransmitter release as autoreceptors located on glutamatergic terminals and treatment with mGlu2/3 antagonists such as MGS0039 in vivo led to an increase in extracellular glutamate. Therefore, the moderate elevation of glutamate levels in specific areas of the brain by MGS0039 may cause the anxiolytic-like effects seen in the CFS model. These results suggest that the blockade of mGlu2/3 with MGS0039 may be effective in the treatment of anxiety disorders.
  • f. Modes of Administration
  • Methods of treatment may include any number of modes of administering a disclosed composition. Modes of administration may include tablets, pills, dragees, hard and soft gel capsules, granules, pellets, aqueous, lipid, oily or other solutions, emulsions such as oil-in-water emulsions, liposomes, aqueous or oily suspensions, syrups, elixirs, solid emulsions, solid dispersions or dispersible powders. For the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions for oral administration, the agent may be admixed with commonly known and used adjuvants and excipients such as for example, gum arabic, talcum, starch, sugars (such as, e.g., mannitose, methyl cellulose, lactose), gelatin, surface-active agents, magnesium stearate, aqueous or non-aqueous solvents, paraffin derivatives, cross-linking agents, dispersants, emulsifiers, lubricants, conserving agents, flavoring agents (e.g., ethereal oils), solubility enhancers (e.g., benzyl benzoate or benzyl alcohol) or bioavailability enhancers (e.g. Gelucire™). In the pharmaceutical composition, the agent may also be dispersed in a microparticle, e.g. a nanoparticulate composition.
  • For parenteral administration, the agent can be dissolved or suspended in a physiologically acceptable diluent, such as, e.g., water, buffer, oils with or without solubilizers, surface-active agents, dispersants or emulsifiers. As oils for example and without limitation, olive oil, peanut oil, cottonseed oil, soybean oil, castor oil and sesame oil may be used. More generally spoken, for parenteral administration, the agent can be in the form of an aqueous, lipid, oily or other kind of solution or suspension or even administered in the form of liposomes or nano-suspensions.
  • The term “parenterally,” as used herein, refers to modes of administration which include intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intrasternal, subcutaneous and intraarticular injection and infusion.
  • g. Combination Therapies
  • Additional therapeutic agent(s) may be administered simultaneously or sequentially with the disclosed compounds and compositions. Sequential administration includes administration before or after the disclosed compounds and compositions. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent or agents may be administered in the same composition as the disclosed compounds. In other embodiments, there may be an interval of time between administration of the additional therapeutic agent and the disclosed compounds. In some embodiments, administration of an additional therapeutic agent with a disclosed compound may allow lower doses of the other therapeutic agents and/or administration at less frequent intervals. When used in combination with one or more other active ingredients, the compounds of the present invention and the other active ingredients may be used in lower doses than when each is used singly. Accordingly, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include those that contain one or more other active ingredients, in addition to a compound of Formula (I). The above combinations include combinations of a compound of the present invention not only with one other active compound, but also with two or more other active compounds. For example, the compound of Formula (I) can be combined with a variety of antidepressants, Alzheimer's disease medications, and anxiolytics.
  • The compound of Formula (I) can be combined with the following antidepressants, but not limited to: Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) such as citalopram, dapoxetine, escitalopram, fluoxetine, fluvoxamine, indalpine, paroxetine, sertraline, and zimelidine; Serotoninnorepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs) such as venlafaxine, desvenlafaxine, duloxetine, milnacipran, levomilnacipran, and sibutramine; Noradrenergic and specific serotonergic antidepressants (NaSSAs) or tetracyclic antidepressants (TeCAs) such as aptazapine, esmirtazapine, mianserin, mirtazapine, and setiptiline; Serotonin antagonist and reuptake inhibitors (SARIs) such as etoperidone, lorpiprazole, mepiprazole, nefazodone, trazodone, vilazodone, and niaprazine; Norepinephrine-dopamine reuptake inhibitors (NDRIs) such as armodafinil, bupropion, desoxypipradrol, dexmethylphenidate, methylphenidate, modafinil, prolintane, and tametraline; Serotoninnorepinephrinedopamine reuptake inhibitors (SNDRIs) such as nefopam, amitifadine, tesofensine, and tedatioxetine; Tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs) such as clomipramine, desipramine, imipramine, dibenzepin, lofepramine, nortriptyline, protriptyline, amitriptyline, amitriptylinoxide, amoxapine, butriptyline, demexiptiline, dimetacrine, dosulepin, doxepin, imipraminoxide, melitracen, metapramine, nitroxazepine, noxiptiline, pipofezine, propizepine, quinupramine, amineptine, iprindole, opipramol, tianeptine, and trimipramine; and Negative allosteric modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptor 5 (mGlu5) such as mavoglurant, basimglurant, dipraglurant, STX107, and N-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-6-methyl-4-(pyrimidin-5-yloxy)picolinamide.
  • The compound of Formula (I) can be combined with the following Alzheimer's disease medications, but not limited to: Acetylcholinesterase inhibitors such as tacrine, rivastigmine, galantamine, donepezil, edrophonium, physostigmine, pyridostigmine, ambenonium, rivastigmine, ladostigil, and ungeremine; and NMDA receptor antagonists such as memantine, amantadine, delucemine, and ketamine.
  • The compound of Formula (I) can be combined with the following anxiolytics, but not limited to: buspirone, tandosprione, gepirone, adaptol, afobazole, hyroxyzine, validol, melatonin, and benzodiazepines such as alprazolam, chlordiazepoxide, clonazepam, diazepam, etizolam, lorazepam, oxazepam, and tofisopam.
  • The disclosed compounds may be included in kits comprising the compound [e.g., one or more compounds of formula (I)], a systemic or topical composition described above, or both; and information, instructions, or both that use of the kit will provide treatment for medical conditions in mammals (particularly humans). The information and instructions may be in the form of words, pictures, or both, and the like. In addition or in the alternative, the kit may include the medicament, a composition, or both; and information, instructions, or both, regarding methods of application of medicament, or of composition, preferably with the benefit of treating or preventing medical conditions in mammals (e.g., humans).
  • The compounds and processes of the invention will be better understood by reference to the following examples, which are intended as an illustration of and not a limitation upon the scope of the invention.
    • 6. EXAMPLES
  • Examples 1-12 below give representative experimental procedures for the syntheses of intermediates useful for the synthesis of compounds of formula (I). Examples 13-18 give representative experimental procedures for completion of the syntheses of compounds of formula (I). Example 19 reports the biological activity of compounds of formula (I).
  • All NMR spectra were recorded on a 400 MHz AMX Bruker NMR spectrometer. 1H chemical shifts are reported in 6 values in ppm downfield with the deuterated solvent as the internal standard. Data are reported as follows: chemical shift, multiplicity (s=singlet, bs=broad singlet, d=doublet, t=triplet, q=quartet, dd=doublet of doublets, m=multiplet, ABq=AB quartet), coupling constant, integration. Reversed-phase LCMS analysis was performed using an Agilent 1200 system comprised of a binary pump with degasser, high-performance autosampler, thermostatted column compartment, C18 column, diode-array detector (DAD) and an Agilent 6150 MSD with the following parameters. The gradient conditions were 5% to 95% acetonitrile with the aqueous phase 0.1% TFA in water over 1.4 minutes. Samples were separated on a Waters Acquity UPLC BEH C18 column (1.7 μm, 1.0×50 mm) at 0.5 mL/min, with column and solvent temperatures maintained at 55° C. The DAD was set to scan from 190 to 300 nm, and the signals used were 220 nm and 254 nm (both with a band width of 4 nm). The MS detector was configured with an electrospray ionization source, and the low-resolution mass spectra were acquired by scanning from 140 to 700 AMU with a step size of 0.2 AMU at 0.13 cycles/second, and peak width of 0.008 minutes. The drying gas flow was set to 13 liters per minute at 300° C. and the nebulizer pressure was set to 30 psi. The capillary needle voltage was set at 3000 V, and the fragmentor voltage was set at 100V. Data acquisition was performed with Agilent Chemstation and Analytical Studio Reviewer software.
    • Example 1 Ethyl 6-bromo-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylate (D)
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00058
    • Ethyl 3-(5-bromo-2-fluorophenyl)-3-oxopropanoate (C)
  • 3-Ethoxy-3-oxo-propanoic acid (B) (2.16 mL, 18.3 mmol, 2.00 eq) was dissolved in THF (91 mL) in an oven dried round-bottom flask and 2,2′-bipyridyl (8.00 mg, 0.0512 mmol, 0.0056 eq) was added as an indicator. The reaction was cooled to −30° C. and n-butyllithium (1.6 M in hexanes) (29.0 mL, 45.6 mmol, 4.00 eq) was added dropwise over 20 minutes. Upon final addition the reaction turned red at which point it was allowed to warm to −5° C. The reaction was allowed to stir at −5° C. for 15 minutes, during which time the red color began to dissipate. Enough n-butyllithium was added to cause the red color to persist. The reaction was then cooled to −78° C. and 5-bromo-2-fluoro-benzoyl chloride (A) (2.17 g, 9.14 mmol, 1.00 eq) was added dropwise as a solution in THF (6.9 mL). The reaction was allowed to stir at −78° C. for 30 minutes and then allowed to warm to −30° C. and stirred for an additional 30 minutes. The reaction was poured onto ice-cold 1N HCl (92 mL) and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (1×) and DCM (2×). The combined organics were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using 0-10% hexanes/ethyl acetate afforded 1.78 g (67%) of the title compound as an off-white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.97 (dd, J=6.5, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.91-7.86 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.34 (m, 1H), 4.13-4.07 (m, 4H), 1.15 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); ES-MS [M+1]+: 289.0.
    • Ethyl 6-bromo-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylate (D)
  • Compound C (2.87 g, 9.93 mmol, 1.00 eq) and N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (1.87 mL, 14.9 mmol, 1.50 eq) were dissolved in DMF (33 mL) in a microwave vial and heated in a microwave reactor at 120° C. for 15 minutes. To this mixture was then added 4-fluoroaniline (1.41 mL, 14.9 mmol, 1.50 eq) and the reaction was heated in a microwave reactor at 150° C. for 20 minutes. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water (2×). The aqueous layers were back-extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organics were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using 0-45% hexanes/ethyl acetate afforded 3.79 g (98%) of the title compound as yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.47 (s, 1H), 8.31 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J=9.1, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.77-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.54-7.50 (m, 2H), 6.92 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.25 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); ES-MS [M+1]+: 390.2.
    • Example 2 6-Bromo-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide (E)
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00059
    • 6-Bromo-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide (E)
  • Compound D (1.00 g, 2.56 mmol, 1.00 eq) was suspended in 7N ammonia in methanol (30 mL) in a microwave vial and the reaction was heated in a microwave reactor at 150° C. for 60 minutes. The reaction was concentrated to afford 881 mg (95%) of the title compound as a brown solid that was used without further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.08 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 8.57 (s, 1H), 8.43 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (dd, J=9.1, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.77-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.66 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 7.56-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.02 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H); ES-MS [M+1]+: 361.2.
    • Example 3 1-(4-Fluorophenyl)-6-formyl-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide (G)
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00060
    • 1-(4-Fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-vinyl-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide (F)
  • To a solution of compound E (450 mg, 1.25 mmol), triethylamine (174 μL, 1.25 mmol), and Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (18.2 mg, 0.025 mmol) in 1-propanol (8.3 mL) was added potassium vinyltrifluoroborate (200 mg, 1.50 mmol). The reaction was purged with argon and stirred at 100° C. for 16 hours. The reaction was filtered over Celite® and washed very well with a 5% MeOH in DCM solution and concentrated in vacuo to give 385 mg (100%) of the title compound that was used without further purification. ES-MS [M+1]+: 309.2.
    • 1-(4-Fluorophenyl)-6-formyl-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide (G)
  • To a solution of compound F (385 mg, 1.25 mmol) in 3:1 acetone/water (8 mL) was added N-oxide-4-methylmorpholine (220 mg, 1.87 mmol) and osmium tetroxide (254 μL, 0.025 mmol). After the reaction stirred for one hour, sodium periodate (294 mg, 1.37 mmol) was added. After another two hours, the reaction was diluted with EtOAc and washed well with a 10% NaS2O3 solution. The organic layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give 365 mg (94%) of the title compound that was used without further purification. ES-MS [M+1]+: 311.2.
    • Example 4 Ethyl 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(morpholinomethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylate (I)
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00061
    • Ethyl 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(morpholinomethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylate (I)
  • Ethyl 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-formyl-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylate (H) was prepared from compound D via a method analogous to that described in Example 3. After stirring for two hours, a solution of compound H (10 mg, 0.030 mmol), morpholine (3.1 μL, 0.035 mmol), and acetic acid (4.2 μL, 0.074 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was treated with sodium triacetoxyborohydride (9.4 mg, 0.044 mmol). After stirring 16 hours, the reaction was concentrated to dryness to give 12 mg (99%) of the title compound that was used without further purification. ES-MS [M+1]+: 411.3.
    • Example 5 Ethyl 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylate (J)
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00062
    • Ethyl 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylate (J)
  • To compound H (335 mg, 0.99 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) cooled to 0° C. was added sodium borohydride (18.7 mg, 0.49 mmol). After ten minutes, the reaction was diluted with EtOAc and washed well with water. The organic layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel afforded 192 mg (57%) of the title compound. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.44 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 7.76-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.61 (d, J=6 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (t, J=8.64, 8.68 Hz, 2H), 6.94 (d, J=8.68, 1H), 5.42 (t, J=5.68, 5.64 Hz, 1H), 4.62 (d, J=5.48 Hz, 2H), 4.23 (q, J=7.08 Hz, 2H), 1.27 (t, J=7.12, 7.04 Hz, 3H); ES-MS [M+1]+: 342.3.
    • Example 6 Methyl 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-hydroxy-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylate (L)
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00063
    • 1-(4-Fluorophenyl)-6-hydroxy-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylic acid (K)
  • Compound D (500 mg, 1.28 mmol, 1.00 eq), potassium hydroxide (216 mg, 3.84 mmol, 3.00 eq), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (70.4 mg, 0.0769 mmol, 0.0600 eq) and 2-di-tert-butylphosphino-2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl (65.3 mg, 0.154 mmol, 0.120 eq) were suspended in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane (3.2 mL) and water (3.2 mL) in a microwave vial and heated in a microwave reactor at 150° C. for 15 minutes. The reaction was neutralized with 2N HCl and the mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water. The organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford 383 mg (99%) of the title compound as a brown solid that was used without further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.56 (s, 1H), 7.75-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.67 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.26 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H); ES-MS [M+1]+: 300.2.
    • Methyl 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-hydroxy-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylate (L)
  • Compound K (383 mg, 1.28 mmol, 1.00 eq) was dissolved in methanol (6.4 mL) and concentrated sulfuric acid (0.64 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction was heated to reflux for 3 hours at which point it was cooled and neutralized with a saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate. The mixture was extracted with a solution of 3:1 CHCl3:IPA (2×) and the combined organics were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using 0-20% 89:10:1 DCM:methanol:NH4OH afforded 296 mg (74%) of the title compound as yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.03 (s, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 7.72-7.68 (m, 2H), 7.61 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.11 (dd, J=9.0, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 3.71 (s, 3H); ES-MS [M+1]+: 314.2.
    • Example 7 Methyl 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(pyridin-3-ylmethoxy)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylate (M)
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00064
    • Methyl 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(pyridin-3-ylmethoxy)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylate (M)
  • Compound L (15 mg, 0.048 mmol, 1.0 eq) and 3-pyridinemethanol (10 mg, 0.096 mmol, 2.0 eq) were dissolved in THF (0.5 mL) and cooled to 0° C. Triphenylphosphine (28 mg, 0.11 mmol, 2.2 eq) and di-tert-butylazodicarboxylate (18 mg, 0.077 mmol, 1.6 eq) were added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature until complete by LCMS. The reaction was concentrated and purified using reverse phase chromatography to afford 15 mg (77%) of the title compound as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.69 (d, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 8.54 (dd, J=4.7, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 8.41 (s, 1H), 7.90-7.88 (m, 1H), 7.79 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.73-7.70 (m, 2H), 7.50 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (dd, J=7.8, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (dd, J=9.3, 3.0 Hz, 1H) 6.94 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.28 (s, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H); ES-MS [M+1]+: 405.2.
    • Example 8 Ethyl 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(((2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)oxy)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylate (N)
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00065
    • Ethyl 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(((2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)oxy)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylate (N)
  • To a solution of compound J (16 mg, 0.047 mmol) and 5-hydroxy-2-methylpyrimidine (6.2 mg, 0.056 mmol) in THF (1 mL) cooled to 0° C. was added triphenylphosphine (27.1 mg, 0.10 mmol) and di-tert-butylazodicarboxylate (17.3 mg, 0.075 mmol). The reaction was concentrated to dryness after 16 hours of stirring. Purification by reverse phase HPLC afforded 20 mg (98%) of the title compound. ES-MS [M+1]+: 434.3.
    • Example 9 Ethyl 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(methyl(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylate (O)
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00066
    • Ethyl 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(methyl(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylate (O)
  • Compound D (75 mg, 0.19 mmol, 1.0 eq), N-methyl-N-(3-pyridylmethyl)amine (47 mg, 0.38 mmol, 2.0 eq), cesium carbonate (88 mg, 0.27 mmol, 1.4 eq), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(O) (14 mg, 0.015 mmol, 0.080 eq) and 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene (13 mg, 0.023 mmol, 0.12 eq) were dissolved in toluene (1.9 mL) in a sealed vial and heated at 110° C. overnight. The reaction was cooled, filtered over Celite® and washed with 5% methanol in DCM. The organics were concentrated and purified using reverse phase chromatography to afford 27 mg (33%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.44 (s, 2H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 7.68 (dd, J=6.9, 4.9 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.34-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.21 (dd, J=9.3, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 4.70 (s, 2H), 4.17 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.12 (s, 3H), 1.23 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); ES-MS [M+1]+: 432.3.
    • Example 10 Ethyl 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)ethynyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylate (P)
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00067
    • Ethyl 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)ethynyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylate (P)
  • Compound D (50 mg, 0.13 mmol, 1.0 eq), 5-ethynyl-2-methyl-pyrimidine (30 mg, 0.26 mmol, 2.0 eq), copper(I) iodide (2.5 mg, 0.013 mmol, 0.010 eq), bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) dichloride (4.5 mg, 0.0064 mmol, 0.050 eq) and triethylamine (53.6 μL, 0.38 mmol, 3.0 eq) were dissolved in DIVIF (1.3 mL) in a microwave vial and heated in a microwave reactor at 150° C. for 15 minutes. The reaction was purified directly using reverse phase chromatography to afford 30 mg (55%) of the title compound as white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.93 (s, 2H), 8.47 (s, 1H), 8.40 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.81-7.76 (m, 3H), 7.53 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.02 (d, J=8.80 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.66 (s, 3H), 1.25 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); ES-MS [M+1]+: 428.2.
    • Example 11 Ethyl 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-((2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl)ethynyl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylate (S)
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00068
    • Ethyl 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-((trimethylsilyl)ethynyl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylate (Q)
  • Compound D (450 mg, 1.15 mmol), trimethylsilylacetylene (179 μL, 1.27 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (40.5 mg, 0.058 mmol), CuI (22 mg, 0.12 mmol), triethylamine (321 μL, 2.31 mmol) and DMF (5.8 mL) were added to a microwave vial. The vial was capped and place in a microwave reactor at 150° C. for one hour. The reaction was washed with water and brine and extracted with EtOAc (2×). The organics were combined, dried (MgSO4), and concentrated to dryness. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel afforded 205 mg (44%) of the title compound. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.45 (s, 1H), 8.24 (d, J=1.84 Hz, 1H), 7.76-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.68 (dd, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (t, J=8.64, 8.72 Hz, 2H), 6.93 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.22 (q, J=7.08 Hz, 2H), 1.25 (t, J=7.12, 7.04 Hz, 3H), 0.24 (s, 9H); ES-MS [M+1]+: 408.2.
    • Ethyl 6-ethynyl-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylate (R)
  • To a solution of Compound Q (205 mg, 0.5 mmol) in THF (2.5 mL) was added a 1M solution of TBAF in THF (554 μL, 0.55 mmol). After thirty minutes the reaction was concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel afforded 110 mg (65%) of the title compound. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.47 (s, 1H), 8.28 (d, J=1.84 Hz, 1H), 7.77-7.69 (m, 3H), 7.54-7.5 (m, 2H), 6.67 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.22-4.19 (m, 3H), 1.28-1.23 (m, 3H); ES-MS [M+1]+: 336.3.
    • Ethyl 1-(4-fhwrophenyl)-4-oxo-6-((2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl)ethynyl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylate (S)
  • Compound R (20 mg, 0.06 mmol), 4-bromo-2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine (16.2 mg, 0.07 mmol), CuI (1.1 mg, 0.006 mmol), triethylamine (25 μL, 0.18 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (2.7 mg, 0.003 mmol), and DMF (600 μL) were added to a small microwave vial. The vial was capped and placed in microwave reactor at 150° C. for fifteen minutes. The reaction was filtered over Celite®, washed very well with a 5% MeOH in DCM solution and concentrated to dryness. Purification by reverse phase HPLC afforded 13 mg (45%) of the title compound. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.84 (d, J=4.96 Hz, 1H), 8.52-8.5 (m, 2H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=5.04 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (dd, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.81-7.77 (m, 2H), 7.55 (t, J=8.64, 8.68 Hz, 2H), 7.07 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.24 (q, J=7.04, 7.08 Hz, 2H), 1.28 (t, J=7.12, 7.08 Hz, 3H); ES-MS [M+1]+: 481.2.
    • Example 12 Ethyl 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-(2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylate (T)
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00069
    • Ethyl 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-(2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylate (T)
  • Compound P (25 mg, 0.059 mmol, 1.0 eq) was dissolved in methanol (2 mL) and palladium on carbon (1 mg) was added. The reaction was pumped and purged with hydrogen and allowed to stir overnight. The reaction was filtered over Celite® and washed with 5% methanol in DCM. The organics were concentrated and purified using reverse phase chromatography to afford 16 mg (63%) of title compound as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.54 (s, 2H), 8.41 (s, 1H), 8.09 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.74-7.71 (m, 2H), 7.55 (dd, J=8.7, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.89 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.04 (t, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 2.89 (t, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 1.24 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); ES-MS [M+1]+: 432.3.
    • Example 13 1-(4-Fluorophenyl)-6-(2-(2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide (1)
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00070
    • 1-(4-Fluorophenyl)-6-(2-(2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide (1)
  • Compound T (11 mg, 0.026 mmol, 1.0 eq) was dissolved in 7N ammonia in methanol (1 mL) in a microwave vial and heated in a microwave reactor at 150° C. for 60 minutes. The reaction was concentrated and purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 6.7 mg (65%) of the title compound as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.24 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 8.55 (s, 2H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 8.20 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.76-7.71 (m, 2H), 7.62-7.58 (m, 2H), 7.51 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.99 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 3.06 (t, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 2.90 (t, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 2.53 (s, 3H); ES-MS [M+1]+: 403.2.
  • The following compounds were prepared in an analogous manner by first preparing the appropriate synthetic intermediate by use of the synthetic procedures indicated next to each compound:
  • Examples
    used to
    prepare
    intermediate ES-MS
    No. Name compound [M + 1]+
    2 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6- 1, 3, 4 398.4
    (thiomorpholinomethyl)-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    3 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6- 1, 3, 4 382.2
    (morpholinomethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    4 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6- 1, 3, 4 380.4
    (piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    5 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6- 1, 10, 12 387.2
    phenethyl-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-
    carboxamide
    6 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(4- 1, 10, 12 401.2
    methylphenethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    7 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(3- 1, 10, 12 401.3
    methylphenethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    8 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2- 1, 10, 12 401.3
    methylphenethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    9 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(2- 1, 10, 12 388.2
    (pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    10 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(2- 1, 10, 12 388.2
    (pyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    11 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(2- 1, 10, 12 388.3
    (pyridin-2-yl)ethyl)-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    12 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6- 1, 9 403.2
    (methyl(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)amino)-
    4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-
    carboxamide
    13 1-(2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-6-(2- 1, 10, 12 433.3
    (2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)-4-
    oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-
    carboxamide
    14 1-(3-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-6-(2- 1, 10, 12 433.2
    (2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)-4-
    oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-
    carboxamide
    15 1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-(2-(2- 1, 10, 12 415.2
    methylpyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)-4-oxo-
    1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-
    carboxamide
    16 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6- 1, 9 375.2
    (pyridin-3-ylamino)-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    17 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6- 1, 9 389.3
    ((pyridin-3-ylmethyl)amino)-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    18 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6- 1, 9 389.2
    (methyl(pyridin-4-yl)amino)-4-oxo-
    1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-
    carboxamide
    19 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6- 1, 9 403.2
    (methyl(pyridin-4-ylmethyl)amino)-
    4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-
    carboxamide
    20 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6- 1, 9 389.2
    (methyl(pyridin-3-yl)amino)-4-oxo-
    1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-
    carboxamide
    21 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((6- 1, 6, 7 404.2
    methylpyridin-3-yl)methoxy)-4-oxo-
    1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-
    carboxamide
    22 1-(3-methylisothiazol-5-yl)-6-(2-(2- 1, 10, 12 406.2
    methylpyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)-4-oxo-
    1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-
    carboxamide
    23 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(1- 1, 6, 7 404.2
    (pyridin-4-yl)ethoxy)-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    24 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((2- 1, 6, 7 404.3
    methylpyridin-4-yl)methoxy)-4-oxo-
    1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-
    carboxamide
    25 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6- 1, 6, 7 390.2
    (pyridin-4-ylmethoxy)-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    26 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-((2- 1, 9 403.2
    (pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    27 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-((2- 1, 9 403.2
    (pyridin-3-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    28 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((2- 1, 9 411.2
    morpholinoethyl)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    29 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((2- 1, 6, 7 405.2
    methylpyrimidin-5-yl)methoxy)-4-
    oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-
    carboxamide
    30 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(1- 1, 6, 7 404.2
    (pyridin-3-yl)ethoxy)-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    31 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(methyl((2- 1, 9 418.2
    methylpyrimidin-5-
    yl)methyl)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    32 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(((3- 1, 3, 5, 8 408.3
    fluoropyridin-4-yl)oxy)methyl)-4-
    oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-
    carboxamide
    33 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(((2- 1, 3, 5, 8 404.3
    methylpyridin-4-yl)oxy)methyl)-4-
    oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-
    carboxamide
    34 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(((2- 1, 3, 5, 8 458.2
    (trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-
    yl)oxy)methyl)-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    35 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(((2- 1, 3, 5, 8 405.4
    methylpyrimidin-5-yl)oxy)methyl)-
    4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-
    carboxamide
    36 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(((6- 1, 3, 5, 8 458.2
    (trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-
    yl)oxy)methyl)-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    37 6-(((6-chloropyridin-3- 1, 3, 5, 8 424.2
    yl)oxy)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-
    4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-
    carboxamide
    38 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(2- 1, 9 443.2
    (pyridin-3-yl)piperidin-1-yl)-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    39 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(((2- 1, 3, 5, 8 408.3
    fluoropyridin-3-yl)oxy)methyl)-4-
    oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-
    carboxamide
    40 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(2- 1, 9 429.2
    (pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    41 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(((6- 1, 3, 5, 8 404.3
    methylpyridin-3-yl)oxy)methyl)-4-
    oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-
    carboxamide
    42 6-(ethyl(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)amino)- 1, 9 417.2
    1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    43 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(5H- 1, 9 401.2
    pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyridin-6(7H)-yl)-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    44 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6- 1, 6, 7 390.2
    (pyridin-3-ylmethoxy)-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    45 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(((6- 1, 3, 5, 8 408.3
    fluoropyridin-3-yl)oxy)methyl)-4-
    oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-
    carboxamide
    46 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(2-(2- 1, 11, 12 456.4
    (trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)-
    1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-
    carboxamide
    47 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(2-(6- 1, 11, 12 456.2
    (trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-
    1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-
    carboxamide
    48 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-(5- 1, 11, 12 406.4
    fluoropyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    49 8-fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-(2- 1, 10, 12 421.2
    methylpyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)-4-oxo-
    1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-
    carboxamide
    50 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(3- 1, 9 437.2
    morpholinopyrrolidin-1-yl)-4-oxo-
    1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-
    carboxamide
    51 8-fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6- 1, 9 421.2
    (methyl(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)amino)-
    4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-
    carboxamide
    • Example 14 7-Fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(methyl(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide (52)
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00071
    • 7-Fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(methyl(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylic acid (V)
  • Ethyl 7-fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(methyl(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylate (U) was prepared from 5-bromo-2,4-difluorobenzoyl chloride via a method analogous to that described in Examples 1 and 9. Compound U (27 mg, 0.060 mmol, 1.0 eq) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (0.5 mL) and 1N sodium hydroxide (0.12 mL, 0.12 mmol, 2.0 eq) was added. The reaction was stirred until complete by LCMS, at which time it was neutralized to pH 4-5 with 1N HCl and concentrated to dryness. The residue was suspended in 10% methanol in DCM and filtered. The organics were concentrated to afford 25 mg (99%) of the title compound as an off-white solid that was used without further purification. ES-MS [M+1]+: 422.2.
    • 7-Fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(methyl(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide (52)
  • Compound U (26 mg, 0.062 mmol, 1.0 eq), ammonium chloride (6.6 mg, 0.12 mmol, 2.0 eq), (1-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-1,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium 3-oxid hexafluorophosphate) (28 mg, 0.074 mmol, 1.2 eq) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (43 μL, 0.25 mmol, 4.0 eq) were dissolved in DMF (0.5 mL) and stirred overnight. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water (2×). The aqueous phase was back extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organics were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by reverse phase chromatography afforded 7.0 mg (27%) of the title compound as white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.21 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 8.48-8.45 (m, 3H), 7.76-7.72 (m, 3H), 7.67 (dt, J=7.8, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (dd, J=7.7, 4.9 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (d, J=14.0 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (s, 2H), 2.83 (s, 3H); ES-MS [M+1]+: 421.2.
  • The following compounds were prepared in an analogous manner by first preparing the appropriate synthetic intermediate by use of the synthetic procedures indicated next to each compound:
  • Examples
    used to
    prepare
    intermediate ES-MS
    No. Name compound [M + 1]+
    53 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6- 1, 9 396.2
    (((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-
    yl)methyl)amino)-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    54 7-fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2- 1, 10, 12 421.2
    (2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)-4-
    oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-
    carboxamide
    • Example 15 1-(4-Fluorophenyl)-6-((6-methylpyridin-3-yl)oxy)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide (55)
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00072
    • 1-(4-Fluorophenyl)-6-((6-methylpyridin-3-yl)oxy)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide (55)
  • Compound E (15 mg, 0.042 mmol, 1.0 eq), 5-hydroxy-2-methylpyridine (9.1 mg, 0.083 mmol, 2.0 eq), cesium carbonate (27 mg, 0.083 mmol, 2.0 eq), copper(I) iodide (0.79 mg, 0.0042 mmol, 0.10 eq) and N,N-dimethylglycine (1.3 mg, 0.013 mmol, 0.30 eq) were dissolved in DMF in a microwave vial and heated in a microwave reactor at 150° C. for 15 minutes. The reaction was filtered over Celite® and washed with 5% methanol in DCM. The organics were concentrated and purified using reverse phase chromatography to afford 9.1 mg (56%) of title compound as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.12 (d, J=4.3 Hz, 1H), 8.54 (s, 1H), 8.33 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.68 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=4.3 Hz, 1H), 7.56-7.47 (m, 4H), 7.34 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 2.49 (s, 3H); ES-MS [M+1]+: 390.4.
  • The following compounds were prepared in an analogous manner by first preparing the appropriate synthetic intermediate by use of the synthetic procedures indicated next to each compound:
  • Examples
    used to
    prepare
    intermediate ES-MS
    No. Name compound [M + 1]+
    56 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6- 1, 2 376.2
    (pyridin-3-yloxy)-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    57 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((2- 1, 2 391.3
    methylpyrimidin-5-yl)oxy)-4-oxo-
    1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-
    carboxamide
    58 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((6- 1, 2 394.3
    fluoropyridin-3-yl)oxy)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    59 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((5- 1, 2 394.2
    fluoropyridin-3-yl)oxy)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    • Example 16 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(pyridin-3-yl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide (60)
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00073
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(pyridin-3-yl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide (60)
  • Compound E (15 mg, 0.042 mmol, 1.0 eq), 3-pyridinylboronic acid (11 mg, 0.087 mmol, 2.1 eq), [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (3.0 mg, 0.0042 mmol, 0.10 eq) and 1N sodium carbonate (0.21 mL, 0.21 mmol, 5.0 eq) were dissolved in dimethoxyethane (0.6 mL) in a microwave vial and heated at 150° C. for 20 minutes in a microwave reactor. The reaction was portioned between ethyl acetate and water and the layers separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with an additional portion of ethyl acetate and the combined organics were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by reverse phase chromatography afforded 10.1 mg (68%) of the title compound as white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.21 (d, J=4.3 Hz, 1H), 8.96 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.62 (m, 2H), 8.60 (s, 1H), 8.17 (dt, J=8.0, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (dd, J=8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.81-7.78 (m, 2H), 7.66 (d, J=4.3 Hz, 1H), 7.57-7.52 (m, 3H), 7.16 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H); ES-MS [M+1]+: 360.2.
  • The following compounds were prepared in an analogous manner by first preparing the appropriate synthetic intermediate by use of the synthetic procedures indicated next to each compound:
  • Examples
    used to
    prepare
    intermediate ES-MS
    No. Name compound [M + 1]+
    61 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(1-methyl- 1, 2 363.2
    1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    62 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2- 1, 2 375.2
    methylpyrimidin-5-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    63 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6- 1, 2 360.2
    (pyridin-4-yl)-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    • Example 17 6-((cis-2,6-Dimethylmorpholino)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide (64)
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00074
    • 6-((cis-2,6-dimethylmorpholino)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide (64)
  • A solution of compound G (10 mg, 0.032 mmol), cis-2,6-dimethylmorpholine (5 μL, 0.039 mmol), and acetic acid (4.6 μL, 0.081 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 mL) were stirred for one hour. To this mixture was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (10.2 mg, 0.048 mmol). After 16 hours, the reaction was concentrated to dryness. Purification by reverse phase HPLC afforded 5 mg (38%) of the title compound. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.23 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 8.26 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.65 (dd, J=8.7, 2 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (t, J=8.68, 8.76, 2H), 7.03 (d, J=8.68, 1H), 3.57-3.52 (m, 4H), 2.65 (d, J=10.2 Hz, 2H), 1.01 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 6H); ES-MS [M+1]+: 410.3.
  • The following compounds were prepared in an analogous manner by first preparing the appropriate synthetic intermediate by use of the synthetic procedures indicated next to each compound:
  • Examples
    used to
    prepare
    intermediate ES-MS
    No. Name compound [M + 1]+
    65 6-((6,6-difluoro-2-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-2- 1, 2, 3 428.2
    yl)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    66 6-((4-cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-1- 1, 2, 3 421.2
    (4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    67 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((octahydroquinolin- 1, 2, 3 434.2
    1(2H)-yl)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    68 6-((4,7-dimethyl-1,4-diazepan-1- 1, 2, 3 423.2
    yl)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    69 6-((cyclopentyl(methypamino)methyl)-1- 1, 2, 3 394.2
    (4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    70 6-((cyclopropyl(methyl)amino)methyl)-1- 1, 2, 3 366.2
    (4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    71 6-((1,4-thiazepan-4-yl)methyl)-1-(4- 1, 2, 3 412.2
    fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-
    3-carboxamide
    72 6-((1,4-oxazepan-4-yl)methyl)-1-(4- 1, 2, 3 396.2
    fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-
    3-carboxamide
    73 6-(azepan-1-ylmethyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)- 1, 2, 3 394.2
    4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    74 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((4- 1, 2, 3 410.2
    methoxypiperidin-1-yl)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    75 6-((4-cyanopiperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1-(4- 1, 2, 3 405.2
    fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-
    3-carboxamide
    76 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((4- 1, 2, 3 458.2
    (methylsulfonyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-4-
    oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    77 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-((4- 1, 2, 3 448.2
    (trifluoromethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-
    1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    78 6-((4,4-difluoropiperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1- 1, 2, 3 416.2
    (4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    79 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((2- 1, 2, 3 396.2
    methylmorpholino)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    80 6-(((3,3- 1, 2, 3 416.2
    difluorocyclobutyl)(methyl)amino)methyl)-
    1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    81 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-((4-(2,2,2- 1, 2, 3 463.2
    trifluoroethyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    82 6-((4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-1-(4- 1, 2, 3 423.2
    fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-
    3-carboxamide
    83 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((4- 1, 2, 3 459.2
    (methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-4-
    oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    84 6-((1,1-dioxidothiomorpholino)methyl)-1- 1, 2, 3 430.2
    (4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    85 6-((1,1-dioxido-1,4-thiazepan-4- 1, 2, 3 444.2
    yl)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    86 6-((3,3-difluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)methyl)-1- 1, 2, 3 402.2
    (4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    87 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((4-methylpiperazin- 1, 2, 3 395.2
    1-yl)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-
    3-carboxamide
    88 (S)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((2- 1, 2, 3 396.4
    methylmorpholino)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    89 (R)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((2- 1, 2, 3 396.4
    methylmorpholino)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    90 6-((2,2-dimethylmorpholino)methyl)-1-(4- 1, 2, 3 410.4
    fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-
    3-carboxamide
    91 6-(((3,3- 1, 2, 3 434.3
    difluorocyclobutyl)(methyl)amino)methyl)-
    8-fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    92 6-((cis-2,6-dimethylmorpholino)methyl)-8- 1, 2, 3 428.4
    fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    93 8-fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((2- 1, 2, 3 414.2
    methylmorpholino)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    94 6-((4,4-difluoropiperidin-1-yl)methyl)-8- 1, 2, 3 434.2
    fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    95 6-((3,3-difluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)methyl)-8- 1, 2, 3 420.2
    fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-
    dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide
    • Example 18 1-(4-Fluorophenyl)-6-(methyl(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carbonitrile (96)
  • Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00075
    • 6-bromo-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carbonitrile (W)
  • Compound E (30 mg, 0.083 mmol, 1.0 eq) and cyanuric chloride (15 mg, 0.083 mmol, 1.0 eq) were dissolved in DMF (0.5 mL) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate. The organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by reverse phase chromatography afforded 10.1 mg (68%) of the title compound as white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.94 (s, 1H), 8.30 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (dd, J=9.0, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.75-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.53 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.96 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H); ES-MS [M+1]+: 343.2.
    • 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(methyl(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carbonitrile (96)
  • Compound W (25 mg, 0.073 mmol, 1.0 eq), N-methyl-N-(3-pyridylmethyl)amine (17 mg, 0.15 mmol, 2.0 eq), cesium carbonate (33 mg, 0.10 mmol, 1.4 eq), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (5.3 mg, 0.0058 mmol, 0.080 eq) and 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene (5.1 mg, 0.0087 mmol, 0.12 eq) were dissolved in toluene (0.5 mL) in a sealed vial and heated at 110° C. overnight. The reaction was cooled, filtered over Celite® and washed with 5% methanol in DCM. The organics were concentrated and purified using reverse phase chromatography to afford 11.3 mg (40%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.44-8.42 (m, 2H), 7.70-7.67 (m, 2H), 7.57 (dt, J=7.8, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.33-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.26 (dd, J=9.4, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 4.72 (s, 2H), 3.1 (s, 3H); ES-MS [M+1]+: 385.2.
    • Example 19 Biological Activity
  • A. mGlu2 Ca2+ Flux Assay
  • Gα15 HEK293 cells stably expressing rat mGlu2 were plated in black-walled, clear-bottomed, poly-D-lysine coated 384-well plates in 20 μL of assay medium (DMEM containing 10% dialyzed FBS, 20 mM HEPES, and 1 mM sodium pyruvate) at a density of 12K cells/well. The cells were grown overnight at 37° C. in the presence of 5% CO2. The next day, medium was removed and the cells incubated with 20 μL of 2.3 μM Fluo-4, AM prepared as a 2.3 mM stock in DMSO and mixed in a 1:1 ratio with 10% (w/v) pluronic acid F-127 and diluted in assay buffer (Hank's balanced salt solution, 20 mM HEPES, and 2.5 mM probenecid) for 45 minutes at 37° C. Dye was removed, 20 μL of assay buffer was added, and the plate was incubated for 5 minutes at room temperature.
  • Ca2+ flux was measured using the Functional Drug Screening System (FDSS7000, Hamamatsu, Japan). After establishment of a fluorescence baseline for about 3 seconds, the compounds of the present invention were added to the cells, and the response in cells was measured. 2.3 minutes later an EC20 concentration of the mGlu2 receptor agonist glutamate was added to the cells, and the response of the cells was measured for 1.9 minutes; an EC80 concentration of agonist was added and readings taken for an additional 1.7 minutes. All test compounds were dissolved and diluted to a concentration of 10 mM in 100% DMSO. Compounds were then serially diluted 1:3 in DMSO into 10 point concentration response curves, transferred to daughter plates, and further diluted into assay buffer to a 2× stock. Calcium fluorescence measures were recorded as fold over basal fluorescence; raw data was then normalized to the maximal response to glutamate. Antagonism of the agonist response of the mGlu2 receptor in the present invention was observed as a decrease in response to nearly maximal concentrations of glutamate in the presence of compound compared to the response to glutamate in the absence of compound.
  • The raw data file containing all time points was used as the data source in the analysis template. This was saved by the FDSS as a tab-delimited text file. Data were normalized using a static ratio function (F/F0) for each measurement of the total 360 values per well divided by each well's initial value. Data were then reduced to peak amplitudes (Max Initial Min) using a time range that starts approximately 3 seconds prior to the glutamate EC80 addition and continues for approximately 90 seconds. This is sufficient time to capture the peak amplitude of the cellular calcium response. Individual amplitudes were expressed as % ECMax by multiplying each amplitude by 100 and then dividing the product by the mean of the amplitudes derived from the glutamate ECMax-treated wells. IC50 values for test compounds were generated by fitting the normalized values versus the log of the test compound concentration (in mol/L) using a 4 parameter logistic equation where none of the parameters were fixed. Each of the three values collected at each concentration of test compound were weighted evenly.
  • A compound was designated as a negative allosteric modulator (NAM) if the compound showed a concentration-dependent decrease in the glutamate EC80 addition. For NAMs, potency (IC50) and maximum response (% Glu Max), i.e. the amplitude of response in the presence of 30 μM test compound as a percentage of the maximal response to glutamate, are reported. For NAMs that show a decrease in the EC80 response, but do not hit a plateau, the average of the maximum response at a single concentration (30 μM) was determined (% Glu Max) and potencies were reported as “>10,000 nM”. Compounds with no measurable activity are designated as “>30,000 nM” since the top concentration of compound tested in the assay is 30 μM.
  • B. Results and Discussion of Biological Activity Data
  • The results of these assays are shown in Table 1. The data in Table 1 demonstrates that the disclosed compounds are negative allosteric modulators of mGlu2 and show high affinity for the mGlu2 receptor(s). Data is from a single experiment unless otherwise noted. Data that is an average of two experiments is noted as “n=2” while data that is an average of three or more experiments is presented as the average plus or minus the standard error of the mean.
  • TABLE 1
    rat mGlu2
    rat mGlu2 Glu max
    Compound IC50 (nM) (%)
    1 227 ± 55 1.52 ± 0.26
    2 440 ± 97 1.52 ± 0.63
    3 3910 −0.78
    4 >10,000 53.77
    5 10,000 4.65
    6 >10,000 68.47
    7 >10,000 42.15
    8 >10,000 18.67
    9 492 ± 97 1.88 ± 0.38
    10 482 ± 87 1.90 ± 0.11
    11 2590 0.92
    12 202 ± 14 2.39 ± 0.13
    13 311 (n = 2) 1.14 (n = 2)
    14 252 (n = 2) 1.15 (n = 2)
    15 139 (n = 2) 1.61 (n = 2)
    16 433 (n = 2) 1.77 (n = 2)
    17 421 (n = 2) 1.05 (n = 2)
    18 1150 1.73
    19 224 (n = 2) 1.02 (n = 2)
    20 155 (n = 2) 1.33 (n = 2)
    21  541 ± 116 1.55 ± 0.39
    22 419 ± 46 1.20 ± 0.50
    23 460 ± 62 1.07 ± 0.13
    24 422 ± 94 1.09 ± 0.16
    25 1230 0.97
    26 444 (n = 2) 1.91 (n = 2)
    27 391 (n = 2) 1.75 (n = 2)
    28 1150 0.77
    29 843 1.92
    30 391 ± 44 1.31 ± 0.45
    31 153 ± 33 1.86 ± 0.26
    32 243 ± 63 1.83 ± 0.20
    33 421 (n = 2) 2.18 (n = 2)
    34 534 1.97
    35 287 ± 51 1.71 ± 0.20
    36 1460 1.28
    37 203 ± 42 1.70 ± 0.12
    38 900 1.68
    39 883 0.83
    40 429 1.81
    41 265 ± 73 1.62 ± 0.23
    42 167 2.57
    43 5040 1.85
    44 1080 1.67
    45 352 (n = 2) 1.47 (n = 2)
    46 269 0.78
    47 1550 1.21
    48 1030 1.40
    49 155 (n = 2) 1.53 (n = 2)
    50 1320 1.08
    51 1180 1.39
    52 669 2.26
    53 659 1.04
    54 2700 1.02
    55 1710 1.96
    56  882 ± 160 1.84 ± 0.47
    57 4480 15.71
    58 1360 1.18
    59 2110 0.44
    60 277 1.33
    61 544 (n = 2) 0.41 (n = 2)
    62 >10,000 30.30
    63 407 0.97
    64 222 ± 36 1.42 ± 0.51
    65 2020 1.93
    66 1290 1.89
    67 617 2.40
    68 4040 2.47
    69 2190 1.39
    70 821 1.33
    71 164 (n = 2) 2.06 (n = 2)
    72 >10,000 29.60
    73 2590 0.96
    74 1880 1.23
    75 735 1.02
    76 1120 1.29
    77 823 1.41
    78 197 ± 91 1.59 ± 0.27
    79 328 ± 64 1.31 ± 0.04
    80 397 (n = 2) 1.03 (n = 2)
    81 753 1.19
    82 3190 2.14
    83 694 1.47
    84 1160 2.04
    85 422 ± 52 1.24 ± 0.04
    86 259 (n = 2) 0.98 (n = 2)
    87 1360 0.93
    88 724 1.36
    89 1150 1.08
    90 142 (n = 2) 2.01 (n = 2)
    91 >30,000 N/A
    92 4410 2.23
    93 6520 0.14
    94 1770 5.78
    95 >10,000 31.09
    96 3160 3.44
  • It is understood that the foregoing detailed description and accompanying examples are merely illustrative and are not to be taken as limitations upon the scope of the invention, which is defined solely by the appended claims and their equivalents.
  • Various changes and modifications to the disclosed embodiments will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Such changes and modifications, including without limitation those relating to the chemical structures, substituents, derivatives, intermediates, syntheses, compositions, formulations, or methods of use of the invention, may be made without departing from the spirit and scope thereof.

Claims (17)

What is claimed is:
1. A compound of formula (I)
Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00076
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R1 is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or cycloalkyl;
R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy;
R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A;
p is 0-2;
q is 0-2;
X, Y, and Z are each independently selected from a bond, CR8eR8f, O, S, NR10—C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —C(O)—O—, —O—C(O)—NR10—, —C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—C(O)—, —NR10—C(O)—O—, —NR10—C(O)—NR10—, —NR10—SO2—, and —SO2—;
R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C1-C7 haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle;
R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy;
R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl;
A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle;
A′ is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and
R4 is —CONH2 or cyano;
wherein said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycle, at each occurrence, are independently substituted or unsubstituted.
2. The compound of claim 1, wherein R1 is aryl or heteroaryl.
3. The compound of claim 1, wherein
R1 is aryl or heteroaryl, substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 fluoroalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxyalkyl, cyclopropyl, fluorocyclopropyl, OR5, and NR6aR6b; wherein
R5 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 fluoroalkyl; and
R6a and R6b are each independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or C1-C6 heteroalkyl; or R6a and R6b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R6a and R6b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms.
4. The compound of claim 1, wherein R1 is aryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxyalkyl, and OR5; wherein R5 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl.
5. The compound of claim 1, wherein R1 is heteroaryl substituted with 0-2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, and C1-C3 alkoxyalkyl.
6. The compound of claim 1, wherein R2a, R2b, and R2c are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro.
7. The compound of claim 1, wherein R2a, R2b, and R2c are each hydrogen.
8. The compound of claim 1, wherein
R3 is —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—N(R7a)(R7b), —X—(CR8aR8b)p—Z—(CR8cR8d)q—Y-A, -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—N(R7a)(R7b), or -A′-X—(CR8aR8b)p—Y-A; wherein
p is 0-2;
q is 0-2;
X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10;
Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10;
R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle;
R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f, at each occurrence, are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy;
R10 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl;
A is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; and
A′ is cycloalkyl or heterocycle.
9. The compound of claim 1, wherein R3 is
Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00077
Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00078
wherein
X is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10;
Y is a bond, CR8eR8f, O, or NR10;
R7a and R7b are each independently selected from C1-C7 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C7 heteroalkyl, and monocyclic heterocycle, or R7a and R7b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein R7a and R7b are substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms;
R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, R8e and R8f are each independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl;
R9 at each occurrence is independently selected from fluoro, methyl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl; wherein 0-4 R9 groups are present in each R3;
m is 0-3;
n is 0-2;
R10 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or C1-C3 fluoroalkyl;
A is an aryl group of 6-10 atoms, a heteroaryl group of 5-10 atoms, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, a heterocycle group of 4-10 atoms, or a spiro heterocycle group of 7-10 atoms; wherein A is substituted with 0-3 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, methyl, C1-C3 fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, OR11, NR12aR12b, SO2R11, and COR11; wherein
R11 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, and C1-C3 fluoroalkyl;
R12a and R12b are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and C1-C4 heteroalkyl; or R12a and R12b together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle; wherein each R12a and R12b are each independently substituted with 0-3 fluorine atoms.
10. The compound of claim 1, wherein R3 is
Figure US20160214940A1-20160728-C00079
11. The compound of claim 1, wherein R4 is —CONH2.
12. The compound of claim 1, wherein R4 is cyano.
13. The compound of claim 1, selected from the group consisting of:
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(thiomorpholinomethyl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(morpholinomethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-phenethyl-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(4-methylphenethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(3-methylphenethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-methylphenethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(2-(pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(2-(pyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(2-(pyridin-2-yl)ethyl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(methyl(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(pyridin-3-yloxy)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-(2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-6-(2-(2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(3-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-6-(2-(2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-(2-(2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-((pyridin-3-ylmethyl)amino)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(methyl(pyridin-4-yl)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(methyl(pyridin-4-ylmethyl)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)oxy)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)oxy)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)oxy)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((6-methylpyridin-3-yl)oxy)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(methyl(pyridin-3-yl)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
6-((6,6-difluoro-2-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-2-yl)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
6-((4-cyclopropylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
6-((4,7-dimethyl-1,4-diazepan-1-yl)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
6-((cyclopentyl(methyl)amino)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
6-((cyclopropyl(methyl)amino)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
6-((1,4-thiazepan-4-yl)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
6-((1,4-oxazepan-4-yl)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
6-(azepan-1-ylmethyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((4-methoxypiperidin-1-yl)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
6-((4-cyanopiperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-((4-(trifluoromethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
6-((4,4-difluoropiperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((2-methylmorpholino)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
6-(((3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)(methyl)amino)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
6-((cis-2,6-dimethylmorpholino)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-((4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
6-((4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
6-((1,1-dioxidothiomorpholino)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
6-((1,1-dioxido-1,4-thiazepan-4-yl)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
6-((3,3-difluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((6-methylpyridin-3-yl)methoxy)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(3-methylisothiazol-5-yl)-6-(2-(2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethoxy)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((2-methylpyridin-4-yl)methoxy)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(pyridin-4-ylmethoxy)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-((2-(pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-((2-(pyridin-3-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((2-morpholinoethyl)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)methoxy)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(1-(pyridin-3-yl)ethoxy)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(methyl((2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)methyl)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(((3-fluoropyridin-4-yl)oxy)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(((2-methylpyridin-4-yl)oxy)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(((2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl)oxy)methyl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(((2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)oxy)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(((6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)methyl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)methyl)amino)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
6-(((6-chloropyridin-3-yl)oxy)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(2-(pyridin-3-yl)piperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(((2-fluoropyridin-3-yl)oxy)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(2-(pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(((6-methylpyridin-3-yl)oxy)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
6-(ethyl(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)amino)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(5H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyridin-6(7H)-yl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(pyridin-3-ylmethoxy)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(methyl(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carbonitrile;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(((6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)oxy)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(2-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(2-(6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
8-fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-(2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(3-morpholinopyrrolidin-1-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
8-fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(methyl(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(pyridin-4-yl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-6-(pyridin-3-yl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
(S)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((2-methylmorpholino)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
(R)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((2-methylmorpholino)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
6-((2,2-dimethylmorpholino)methyl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
6-(((3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)(methyl)amino)methyl)-8-fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
6-((cis-2,6-dimethylmorpholino)methyl)-8-fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
8-fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-((2-methylmorpholino)methyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
6-((4,4-difluoropiperidin-1-yl)methyl)-8-fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
6-((3,3-difluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)methyl)-8-fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
7-fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(methyl(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)amino)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide; and
7-fluoro-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(2-(2-methylpyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxamide;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
14. A method for treating a disease or disorder associated with dysfunction of metabotropic glutamate receptor 2 (mGlu2), comprising administration of a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need thereof.
15. The method of claim 14, wherein the compound of claim 1 is a negative allosteric modulator of mGlu2.
16. The method of claim 14, wherein the disease or disorder is selected from at least one of depression, anxiety, obsessive-compulsive disorder, cognitive disorders, Alzheimer's disease, and autism spectrum disorders.
17. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
US15/006,486 2015-01-26 2016-01-26 Negative allosteric modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptor 2 Expired - Fee Related US9382208B1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US15/006,486 US9382208B1 (en) 2015-01-26 2016-01-26 Negative allosteric modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptor 2

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201562107821P 2015-01-26 2015-01-26
US15/006,486 US9382208B1 (en) 2015-01-26 2016-01-26 Negative allosteric modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptor 2

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
US9382208B1 US9382208B1 (en) 2016-07-05
US20160214940A1 true US20160214940A1 (en) 2016-07-28

Family

ID=56234810

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/006,486 Expired - Fee Related US9382208B1 (en) 2015-01-26 2016-01-26 Negative allosteric modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptor 2

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (1) US9382208B1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107011362A (en) * 2017-05-24 2017-08-04 扬子江药业集团江苏海慈生物药业有限公司 A kind of synthetic method of lavo-ofloxacin isomeric compound
KR101882790B1 (en) 2017-04-10 2018-08-24 한양대학교 산학협력단 Pharmaceutical Composition Containing DUSP1 Inhibitor

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI764934B (en) 2016-09-27 2022-05-21 美商默沙東藥廠 CHROMANE, ISOCHROMANE AND DIHYDROISOBENZOFURAN DERIVATIVES AS mGluR2-NEGATIVE ALLOSTERIC MODULATORS, COMPOSITIONS, AND THEIR USE

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4959363A (en) 1989-06-23 1990-09-25 Sterling Drug Inc. Quinolonecarboxamide compounds, their preparation and use as antivirals.
US5622967A (en) 1993-04-26 1997-04-22 Sterling Winthrop, Inc. Quinolone carboxamide Calpain inhibitors
PE20011349A1 (en) 2000-06-16 2002-01-19 Upjohn Co 1-ARIL-4-OXO-1,4-DIHYDRO-3-QUINOLINE CARBOXAMIDES AS ANTIVIRAL AGENTS
KR20060041254A (en) 2003-07-24 2006-05-11 아스텔라스세이야쿠 가부시키가이샤 Quinolone derivatives or salts thereof
US8354427B2 (en) 2004-06-24 2013-01-15 Vertex Pharmaceutical Incorporated Modulators of ATP-binding cassette transporters
JP2008094720A (en) 2005-01-20 2008-04-24 Astellas Pharma Inc Prodrug of quinolone derivative or salt of the same
TWI391378B (en) 2006-03-16 2013-04-01 Astellas Pharma Inc Quinolone derivative or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
US8802700B2 (en) 2010-12-10 2014-08-12 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of ATP-Binding Cassette transporters
JP6211509B2 (en) 2012-03-02 2017-10-11 武田薬品工業株式会社 Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101882790B1 (en) 2017-04-10 2018-08-24 한양대학교 산학협력단 Pharmaceutical Composition Containing DUSP1 Inhibitor
US11147807B2 (en) 2017-04-10 2021-10-19 Industry-University Cooperation Foundation Hanyang University Pharmaceutical composition containing DUSP1 inhibitor
CN107011362A (en) * 2017-05-24 2017-08-04 扬子江药业集团江苏海慈生物药业有限公司 A kind of synthetic method of lavo-ofloxacin isomeric compound

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US9382208B1 (en) 2016-07-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3651762B1 (en) Antagonists of the muscarinic acetylcholine receptor m4
US11352344B2 (en) Antagonists of the muscarinic acetylcholine receptor M4
EP3746421B1 (en) Antagonists of the muscarinic acetylcholine receptor m4
US11325896B2 (en) Antagonists of the muscarinic acetylcholine receptor M4
EP3697781B1 (en) Antagonists of the muscarinic acetylcholine receptor m4
US11225484B2 (en) Substituted octahydropyrrolo[3,4-b]pyrroles as antagonists of the muscarinic acetylcholine receptor M4
JP7016471B2 (en) Positive allosteric modulator of muscarinic acetylcholine receptor M4
US20240208983A1 (en) 1,2,4-triazolo[4,3-a]pyridine derivatives as negative allosteric modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptor 2
US9382208B1 (en) Negative allosteric modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptor 2
US20240199640A1 (en) Negative allosteric modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptor 2
US10538491B2 (en) 4,5-substituted picolinamide and picolinonitrile metabotropic glutamate receptor 2 negative allosteric modulators
US9676782B2 (en) Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrazines as negative allosteric modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptor 3
US10399948B2 (en) Negative allosteric modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptor 3
US20240199641A1 (en) Quinazoline-4(3h)-one derivatives as negative allosteric modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptor 2
WO2024182692A1 (en) Negative allosteric modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptor 2

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: VANDERBILT UNIVERSITY, TENNESSEE

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:CONN, P. JEFFREY;LINDSLEY, CRAIG W.;EMMITTE, KYLE A.;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20160217 TO 20160315;REEL/FRAME:038037/0191

STCF Information on status: patent grant

Free format text: PATENTED CASE

CC Certificate of correction
MAFP Maintenance fee payment

Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 4TH YR, SMALL ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M2551); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: SMALL ENTITY

Year of fee payment: 4

CC Certificate of correction
FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: MAINTENANCE FEE REMINDER MAILED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: REM.); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: SMALL ENTITY

LAPS Lapse for failure to pay maintenance fees

Free format text: PATENT EXPIRED FOR FAILURE TO PAY MAINTENANCE FEES (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: EXP.); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: SMALL ENTITY

STCH Information on status: patent discontinuation

Free format text: PATENT EXPIRED DUE TO NONPAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEES UNDER 37 CFR 1.362

FP Lapsed due to failure to pay maintenance fee

Effective date: 20240705